Adding upstream version 0.72.upstream/0.72

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

1 files changed, 10222 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/po/pod/nb.po b/po/pod/nb.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c15e88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/po/pod/nb.po
@@ -0,0 +1,10222 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
+# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the po4a package.
+# Petter Reinholdtsen <pere-weblate@hungry.com>, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2024.
+# Allan Nordhøy <epost@anotheragency.no>, 2020, 2021.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: po4a 0.51\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: devel@lists.po4a.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-26 00:33+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-17 08:02+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere-weblate@hungry.com>\n"
+"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/po4a/"
+"po4a-doc/nb_NO/>\n"
+"Language: nb\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
+"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4\n"
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <refentry>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:1 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr "nb"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:2
+msgid "<date>2006-04-08</date>"
+msgstr "<date>2006-04-08</date>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refentrytitle>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:3
+msgid "PO4A-DISPLAY-MAN"
+msgstr "PO4A-DISPLAY-MAN"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:4 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:4
+msgid "1"
+msgstr "1"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:5
+msgid "2020-04-19"
+msgstr "2020-04-19"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:6 share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:7
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:6 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:7
+msgid "Po4a Tools"
+msgstr "Po4a-verktøy"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:8
+msgid "po4a-display-man"
+msgstr "po4a-display-man"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:9
+msgid "display a translated man page according to a PO"
+msgstr "vis en oversatt man-side, i henhold til en PO-fil"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<command>po4a-display-man</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p</option> "
+"</arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable></arg> <arg "
+"choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-m</option> </arg><arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>MASTER_FILE</replaceable></arg></arg> <arg "
+"choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o</option> </arg><arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_OPT</replaceable></arg></arg>"
+msgstr ""
+"<command>po4a-display-man</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p</option> "
+"</arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FIL</replaceable></arg> <arg "
+"choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-m</option> </arg><arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>KILDE_FIL</replaceable></arg></arg> <arg "
+"choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o</option> </arg><arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_VALG</replaceable></arg></arg>"
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:11 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:11 po4a:5
+#: po4a-gettextize:6 po4a-normalize:5 po4a-translate:6 po4a-updatepo:6
+#: msguntypot:5 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:9
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:3
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "BESKRIVELSE"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Translators can use <command>po4a-display-man</command> to see how their "
+"translation of a man page will be rendered to the end users, without "
+"recompiling and reinstalling the whole project."
+msgstr ""
+"Oversettere kan bruke <command>po4a-display-man</command> for å se hvordan "
+"oversettelsen deres av en man-side vil tegnes opp for sluttbrukerne, uten å "
+"måtte bygge og installere hele prosjektet på nytt."
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"This script only works with man pages written directly in <emphasis "
+"remap='I'>nroff</emphasis> and handled by the po4a's <emphasis "
+"remap='I'>man</emphasis> module.  Manual pages generated from other formats, "
+"like DocBook or POD, are not supported.  See "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>po4a-display-pod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> for an equivalent supporting <emphasis "
+"remap='I'>POD</emphasis> documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:14 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:13 po4a:28
+#: po4a-gettextize:11 po4a-normalize:9 po4a-translate:9 po4a-updatepo:11
+msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "VALG"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:15 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:14
+msgid "<option>-p </option><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<option>-p </option><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:16 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:15
+msgid "The PO file containing the translations."
+msgstr "PO-filen som inneholder oversettelsene."
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:17
+msgid "<option>-m </option><replaceable>MASTER_FILE</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<option>-m </option><replaceable>MASTER_FILE</replaceable>"
+
+#.  .br 
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"The original man page.  It can be the absolute or relative path to the "
+"original man page (gzipped or not), the name of the man page or the name and "
+"section of the man page (using the man.section format).  When the master "
+"document is not provided with the <option>-m</option> option, <command>po4a-"
+"display-man</command> tries to find the original man page based on the line "
+"reference of the first string in the PO."
+msgstr ""
+"Den opprinnelige manualsiden. Det kan være en absolutt eller relativ filsti "
+"til den opprinnelige manualsiden (med eller uten gzip-komprimering), navnet "
+"på manualsiden eller navnet og kapittel for manualsiden (ved å bruke "
+"formatet man.kapittel).  Når hoveddokumentet ikke oppgis med <option>-m</"
+"option>-valget, så forsøker <command>po4a-display-man</command> å finne den "
+"opprinnelige manualsiden ved hjelp av linjereferansen til første string i PO-"
+"filen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:19 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:18
+msgid "<option>-o </option><replaceable>PO4A_OPT</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<option>-o </option><replaceable>PO4A_VALG</replaceable>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:20 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Some options to pass to <citerefentry><refentrytitle>po4a-translate</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"Noen tilvalg som kan sendes til <citerefentry><refentrytitle>po4a-translate</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:21 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:20 po4a:189
+#: po4a-gettextize:76 po4a-normalize:36 po4a-translate:50 po4a-updatepo:53
+#: msguntypot:29 doc/po4a.7.pod:190 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:15
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:107
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:21 lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:118 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:187
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:15
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "SE OGSÅ"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-pod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-pod</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:23 share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:22
+msgid "AUTHOR"
+msgstr "UTVIKLER"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-man.xml:24
+msgid "Thomas Huriaux"
+msgstr "Thomas Huriaux"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:2
+msgid "<date>2009-03-16</date>"
+msgstr "<date>2009-03-16</date>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refentrytitle>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:3
+msgid "PO4A-DISPLAY-POD"
+msgstr "PO4A-DISPLAY-POD"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:5
+msgid "2009-03-16"
+msgstr "2009-03-16"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:8
+msgid "po4a-display-pod"
+msgstr "po4a-display-pod"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:9
+msgid "display of a translated POD file according to a PO"
+msgstr "visning av oversatt POD-fil i henhold til en PO-fil"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<command>po4a-display-pod</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p </"
+"option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FILE</replaceable></arg> "
+"<arg choice='plain'><option>-m </option></arg> <arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable></arg> <arg "
+"choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o </option></arg><arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_OPT</replaceable></arg></arg>"
+msgstr ""
+"<command>po4a-display-pod</command> <arg choice='plain'><option>-p </"
+"option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><replaceable>PO_FIL</replaceable></arg> "
+"<arg choice='plain'><option>-m </option></arg> <arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>POD_FIL</replaceable></arg> <arg "
+"choice='opt'><arg choice='plain'><option>-o </option></arg><arg "
+"choice='plain'><replaceable>PO4A_VALG</replaceable></arg></arg>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Translators can use <command>po4a-display-pod</command> to see how their "
+"translation of a man page will be rendered to the end users, without "
+"recompiling and reinstalling the whole project.  Most of the time, the POD "
+"file is only available in source package or embedded in Perl script."
+msgstr ""
+"Oversettere kan bruke <command>po4a-display-pod</command> for å se hvordan "
+"deres oversettelse av en manualside vil vises frem for sluttbrukerne, uten "
+"omkompilering og installasjon av hele prosjektet.  De fleste gangene er POD-"
+"filen kun tilgjengelig i kildekodepakken eller innbakt i Perlskript."
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:16
+msgid "<option>-m </option><replaceable>POD_FILE</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<option>-m </option><replaceable>POD_FIL</replaceable>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:17
+msgid "The original POD file used by po4a to generate PO file."
+msgstr "Den opprinnelige POD-filen brukt av po4a til å lage PO-fil."
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle>po4a-display-man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum> </citerefentry>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
+#: share/doc/po4a-display-pod.xml:23
+msgid "Florentin Duneau"
+msgstr "Florentin Duneau"
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: po4a:1 po4a-gettextize:1 po4a-normalize:1 po4a-translate:1 po4a-updatepo:1
+#: msguntypot:1 doc/po4a.7.pod:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:1 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:1
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NAVN"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:2
+msgid "po4a - update both the PO files and translated documents in one shot"
+msgstr "po4a - oppdater både PO-filer og oversatte dokumeter på en gang"
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: po4a:3 po4a-gettextize:3 po4a-normalize:3 po4a-translate:3 po4a-updatepo:3
+#: msguntypot:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:3 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:3
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:24
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "OPPSUMMERING"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:4
+msgid "B<po4a> [I<options>] I<config_file>"
+msgstr "B<po4a> [I<tilvalg>] I<oppsettfil>"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:6 po4a-gettextize:7
+msgid ""
+"po4a (PO for anything) eases the maintenance of documentation translation "
+"using the classical gettext tools. The main feature of po4a is that it "
+"decouples the translation of content from its document structure.  Please "
+"refer to the page L<po4a(7)> for a gentle introduction to this project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:7
+msgid ""
+"Upon execution, B<po4a> parses all documentation files specified in its "
+"configuration file. It updates the PO files (containing the translation) to "
+"reflect any change to the documentation, and produce a translated "
+"documentation by injecting the content's translation (found in the PO files) "
+"into the structure of the original master document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:8
+msgid ""
+"At first, the PO files only contain the strings to translate from the "
+"original documentation. This file format allows the translators to manually "
+"provide a translation for each paragraph extracted by B<po4a>. If the "
+"documentation is modified after translation, B<po4a> marks the corresponding "
+"translations as \"fuzzy\" in the PO file to request a manual review by the "
+"translators. The translators can also provide so-called \"addendum\", that "
+"are extra content stating for example who did the translation and how to "
+"report bugs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:9
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" master documents ---+---->-------->---------+\n"
+"  (doc authoring)    |                       |\n"
+"                     V   (po4a executions)   >-----+--> translated\n"
+"                     |                       |     |     documents\n"
+" existing PO files -->--> updated PO files >-+     |\n"
+"      ^                            |               |\n"
+"      |                            V               |\n"
+"      +----------<---------<-------+               ^\n"
+"       (manual translation process)                |\n"
+"                                                   |\n"
+" addendum -->--------------------------------------+\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:10
+msgid ""
+"The workflow of B<po4a> is asynchronous, as suited to open-source projects. "
+"The documentation writers author the master documents at their own pace. The "
+"translators review and update the translations in the PO files. The "
+"maintainers rerun B<po4a> on need, to reflect any change to the original "
+"documentation to the PO files, and to produce updated documentation "
+"translations, by injecting the latest translation into the latest document "
+"structure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:11
+msgid ""
+"By default, a given translated document is produced when at least 80% of its "
+"content is translated. The untranslated text is kept in the original "
+"language.  The produced documentation thus mixes languages if the "
+"translation is not complete. You can change the 80% threshold with the I<--"
+"keep> option described below. Note however that discarding translations as "
+"soon as they are not 100% may be discouraging for the translators whose work "
+"will almost never be shown to the users, while showing \"translations\" that "
+"are too incomplete may be troubling for the end users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:12
+msgid ""
+"Storing the translated documentation files in the version control system is "
+"probably a bad idea, since they are automatically generated. The precious "
+"files are the PO files, that contain the hard work of your fellow "
+"translators. Also, some people find it easier to interact with the "
+"translators through an online platform such as S<weblate>, but this is "
+"naturally fully optional."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:13
+msgid "Quick start tutorial"
+msgstr "Instrukser for å komme raskt igang"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:14
+msgid ""
+"Let's assume you maintain a program named B<foo> which has a man page F<man/"
+"foo.1> written in English (the bridge language in most open-source projects, "
+"but B<po4a> can be used from or to any language). Some times ago, someone "
+"provided a German translation named F<man/foo.de.1> and disappeared.  This "
+"is a problem because you just got a bug report saying that your "
+"documentation contains a gravely misleading information that must be fixed "
+"in all languages, but you don't speak German so you can only modify the "
+"original, not the translation. Now, another contributor wants to contribute "
+"a translation to Japanese, a language that you don't master either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:15
+msgid ""
+"It is time to convert your documentation to B<po4a> to solve your "
+"documentation maintenance nightmares. You want to update the doc when "
+"needed, you want to ease the work of your fellow translators, and you want "
+"to ensure that your users never see any outdated and thus misleading "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:16
+msgid ""
+"The conversion includes two steps: setup the po4a infrastructure, and "
+"convert the previous German translation to salvage the previous work. This "
+"latter part is done using S<po4a-gettextize>, as follows. As detailed in the "
+"documentation of L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, this process rarely fully automatic, "
+"but once it's done, the B<de.po> file containing the German translation can "
+"be integrated in your po4a workflow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:17
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  po4a-gettextize --format man --master foo.1 --localized foo.de.1 --po de.po\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:18
+msgid ""
+"Let's now configure po4a. With the appropriate file layout, your "
+"configuration file could be as simple as this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:19
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po_directory] man/po4a/\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type: man] man/foo.1 $lang:man/translated/foo.$lang.1\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:21
+msgid ""
+"It specifies that all PO files (containing the work of the translators) are "
+"in the F<man/po4a/> directory, and that you have only one master file, F<man/"
+"foo.1>. If you had several master files, you would have several lines "
+"similar to the second one. Each such line also specify where to write the "
+"corresponding translation files. Here, the German translation of F<man/"
+"foo.1> is in F<man/translated/foo.de.1>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:22
+msgid ""
+"The last thing we need to complete the configuration of B<po4a> is a POT "
+"file containing the template material that should be used to start a new "
+"translation.  Simply create an empty file with the S<.pot> extension in the "
+"specified S<po_directory> (e.g. F<man/po4a/foo.pot>), and B<po4a> will fill "
+"it with the expected content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:23
+msgid "Here is a recap of the files in this setup:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:24
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  ├── man/\n"
+"  │   ├── foo.1        <- The original man page, in English\n"
+"  │   ├── po4a/\n"
+"  │   │   ├── de.po    <- The German PO translation, from gettextization\n"
+"  │   │   └── foo.pot  <- The POT template of future translations (empty at first)\n"
+"  │   └── translated/  <- Directory where the translations will be created\n"
+"  └── po4a.cfg         <- The configuration file\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:25
+msgid ""
+"Once setup, executing B<po4a> will parse your documentation, update the POT "
+"template file, use it to update the PO translation files, and use them to "
+"update the documentation translation files. All in one command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:26
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"        po4a --verbose po4a.cfg\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:27
+msgid ""
+"This is it. B<po4a> is now fully configured. Once you've fixed your error in "
+"F<man/foo.1>, the offending paragraph in the German translation will be "
+"replaced by the fixed text in English. Mixing languages is not optimal, but "
+"it's the only way to remove errors in translations that you don't even "
+"understand, and ensure that the content presented to the users is never "
+"misleading. Updating the German translation is also much easier in the "
+"corresponding PO file, so the language mix-up may not last long. Finally, "
+"when a Japanese translator wants to contribute a new translation, she should "
+"rename the S<foo.pot> into S<ja.po> and complete the translation. Once you "
+"have this file, just drop it in F<man/po4a/po/>. A translated page will "
+"appear as F<man/translated/foo.ja.1> (provided that enough content is "
+"translated) when you run B<po4a> again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:29 po4a-translate:28
+msgid "B<-k>, B<--keep>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:30
+msgid ""
+"Minimal threshold for translation percentage to keep (i.e. write) the "
+"resulting file (default: 80). I.e. by default, files have to be translated "
+"at least at 80% to be written on disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:31 po4a-normalize:12 po4a-translate:30
+msgid "B<-w>, B<--width>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:32 po4a-normalize:13 po4a-translate:31
+msgid ""
+"Column at which we should wrap the resulting file if the format supports it "
+"(default: 76)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:33 po4a-gettextize:26 po4a-normalize:22 po4a-translate:32
+#: po4a-updatepo:28
+msgid "B<-h>, B<--help>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:34 po4a-gettextize:27 po4a-normalize:23 po4a-translate:33
+#: po4a-updatepo:29
+msgid "Show a short help message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:35 po4a-gettextize:16 po4a-normalize:28 po4a-translate:18
+#: po4a-updatepo:16
+msgid "B<-M>, B<--master-charset>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:36
+msgid ""
+"Charset of the files containing the documents to translate. Note that all "
+"master documents must use the same charset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:37 po4a-gettextize:20 po4a-translate:22
+msgid "B<-L>, B<--localized-charset>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:38
+msgid ""
+"Charset of the files containing the localized documents. Note that all "
+"translated documents will use the same charset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:39 po4a-translate:14
+msgid "B<-A>, B<--addendum-charset>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:40 po4a-translate:15
+msgid ""
+"Charset of the addenda. Note that all the addenda should be in the same "
+"charset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:41 po4a-gettextize:32 po4a-normalize:34 po4a-translate:36
+#: po4a-updatepo:32
+msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:42 po4a-gettextize:33 po4a-normalize:35 po4a-translate:37
+#: po4a-updatepo:33
+msgid "Display the version of the script and exit."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:43 po4a-gettextize:34 po4a-translate:38 po4a-updatepo:34
+msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:44 po4a-gettextize:35 po4a-translate:39 po4a-updatepo:35
+msgid "Increase the verbosity of the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:45
+msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:46
+msgid "Decrease the verbosity of the program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:47 po4a-gettextize:36 po4a-translate:40 po4a-updatepo:36
+msgid "B<-d>, B<--debug>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:48 po4a-gettextize:37 po4a-translate:41 po4a-updatepo:37
+msgid "Output some debugging information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:49 po4a-gettextize:24 po4a-normalize:10 po4a-translate:26
+#: po4a-updatepo:20
+msgid "B<-o>, B<--option>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:50 po4a-gettextize:25 po4a-normalize:11 po4a-translate:27
+#: po4a-updatepo:21
+msgid ""
+"Extra option(s) to pass to the format plugin. See the documentation of each "
+"plugin for more information about the valid options and their meanings. For "
+"example, you could pass '-o tablecells' to the AsciiDoc parser, while the "
+"text parser would accept '-o tabs=split'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:51
+msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:52
+msgid ""
+"Always generate the POT and PO files, even if B<po4a> considers it is not "
+"necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:53
+msgid ""
+"The default behavior (when B<--force> is not specified) is the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:54
+msgid ""
+"If the POT file already exists, it is regenerated if a master document or "
+"the configuration file is more recent (unless B<--no-update> is provided).  "
+"The POT file is also written in a temporary document and B<po4a> verifies "
+"that the changes are really needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:55
+msgid ""
+"Also, a translation is regenerated only if its master document, the PO file, "
+"one of its addenda or the configuration file is more recent.  To avoid "
+"trying to regenerate translations which do not pass the threshold test (see "
+"B<--keep>), a file with the F<.po4a-stamp> extension can be created (see B<--"
+"stamp>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:56
+msgid ""
+"If a master document includes files, you should use the B<--force> flag "
+"because the modification time of these included files are not taken into "
+"account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:57
+msgid ""
+"The PO files are always re-generated based on the POT with B<msgmerge -U>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:58
+msgid "B<--stamp>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:59
+msgid ""
+"Tells B<po4a> to create stamp files when a translation is not generated "
+"because it does not reach the threshold. These stamp files are named "
+"according to the expected translated document, with the F<.po4a-stamp> "
+"extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:60
+msgid ""
+"Note: This only activates the creation of the F<.po4a-stamp> files. The "
+"stamp files are always used if they exist, and they are removed with B<--rm-"
+"translations> or when the file is finally translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:61
+msgid "B<--no-translations>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:62
+msgid ""
+"Do not generate the translated documents, only update the POT and PO files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:63
+msgid "B<--no-update>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:64
+msgid ""
+"Do not change the POT and PO files, only the translation may be updated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:65
+msgid "B<--keep-translations>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:66
+msgid ""
+"Keeps the existing translation files even if the translation doesn't meet "
+"the threshold specified by B<--keep>.  This option does not create new "
+"translation files with few content, but it will save existing translations "
+"which decay because of changes to the master files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:67
+msgid ""
+"WARNING: This flag changes the po4a behavior in a rather drastic way: your "
+"translated files will not get updated at all until the translation improves. "
+"Only use this flag if you prefer shipping an outdated translated "
+"documentation rather than only shipping an accurate untranslated "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:68
+msgid "B<--rm-translations>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:69
+msgid "Remove the translated files (implies B<--no-translations>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:70
+msgid "B<--no-backups>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:71 po4a:73
+msgid ""
+"This flag does nothing since 0.41, and may be removed in later releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:72
+msgid "B<--rm-backups>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:74
+msgid "B<--translate-only> I<translated-file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:75
+msgid ""
+"Translate only the specified file.  It may be useful to speed up processing "
+"if a configuration file contains a lot of files.  Note that this option does "
+"not update PO and POT files.  This option can be used multiple times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:76
+msgid "B<--variable> I<var>B<=>I<value>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:77
+msgid ""
+"Define a variable that will be expanded in the B<po4a> configuration file.  "
+"Every occurrence of I<$(var)> will be replaced by I<value>.  This option can "
+"be used multiple times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:78
+msgid "B<--srcdir> I<SRCDIR>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:79
+msgid ""
+"Set the base directory for all input documents specified in the B<po4a> "
+"configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:80
+msgid ""
+"If both I<destdir> and I<srcdir> are specified, input files are searched in "
+"the following directories, in order: I<destdir>, the current directory and "
+"I<srcdir>. Output files are written to I<destdir> if specified, or to the "
+"current directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:81
+msgid "B<--destdir> I<DESTDIR>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:82
+msgid ""
+"Set the base directory for all the output documents specified in the B<po4a> "
+"configuration file (see B<--srcdir> above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:83
+msgid "Options modifying the POT header"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:84 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:14
+msgid "B<--porefs> I<type>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:85 po4a-translate:43 po4a-updatepo:39 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:15
+msgid ""
+"Specify the reference format. Argument I<type> can be one of B<never> to not "
+"produce any reference, B<file> to only specify the file without the line "
+"number, B<counter> to replace line number by an increasing counter, and "
+"B<full> to include complete references (default: full)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:86 po4a-updatepo:41 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:16
+msgid "B<--wrap-po> B<no>|B<newlines>|I<number> (default: 76)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:87 po4a-updatepo:42 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:17
+msgid ""
+"Specify how the po file should be wrapped. This gives the choice between "
+"either files that are nicely wrapped but could lead to git conflicts, or "
+"files that are easier to handle automatically, but harder to read for humans."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:88 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:18
+msgid ""
+"Historically, the gettext suite has reformatted the po files at the 77th "
+"column for cosmetics. This option specifies the behavior of po4a. If set to "
+"a numerical value, po4a will wrap the po file after this column and after "
+"newlines in the content. If set to B<newlines>, po4a will only split the "
+"msgid and msgstr after newlines in the content. If set to B<no>, po4a will "
+"not wrap the po file at all.  The reference comments are always wrapped by "
+"the gettext tools that we use internally."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:89 po4a-updatepo:44 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:19
+msgid ""
+"Note that this option has no impact on how the msgid and msgstr are wrapped, "
+"i.e.  on how newlines are added to the content of these strings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:90
+msgid "B<--master-language>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:91
+msgid ""
+"Language of the source files containing the documents to translate. Note "
+"that all master documents must use the same language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:92 po4a-gettextize:38 po4a-updatepo:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:20
+msgid "B<--msgid-bugs-address> I<email@address>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:93 po4a-gettextize:39 po4a-updatepo:46 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:21
+msgid ""
+"Set the report address for msgid bugs. By default, the created POT files "
+"have no Report-Msgid-Bugs-To fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:94 po4a-gettextize:40 po4a-updatepo:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:22
+msgid "B<--copyright-holder> I<string>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:95 po4a-gettextize:41 po4a-updatepo:48 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"Set the copyright holder in the POT header. The default value is \"Free "
+"Software Foundation, Inc.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:96 po4a-gettextize:42 po4a-updatepo:49 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:24
+msgid "B<--package-name> I<string>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:97 po4a-gettextize:43 po4a-updatepo:50 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:25
+msgid "Set the package name for the POT header. The default is \"PACKAGE\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:98 po4a-gettextize:44 po4a-updatepo:51 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:26
+msgid "B<--package-version> I<string>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:99 po4a-gettextize:45 po4a-updatepo:52 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:27
+msgid "Set the package version for the POT header. The default is \"VERSION\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:100
+msgid "Options to modify the PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:101 po4a-updatepo:26
+msgid "B<--msgmerge-opt> I<options>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:102 po4a-updatepo:27
+msgid "Extra options for B<msgmerge>(1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:103
+msgid "Note: B<$lang> will be extended to the current language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:104 po4a-updatepo:22
+msgid "B<--no-previous>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:105
+msgid ""
+"This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to B<msgmerge>.  "
+"This is necessary to support versions of B<gettext> earlier than 0.16."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:106 po4a-updatepo:24
+msgid "B<--previous>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:107 po4a-updatepo:25
+msgid ""
+"This option adds B<--previous> to the options passed to B<msgmerge>.  It "
+"requires B<gettext> 0.16 or later, and is activated by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: po4a:108
+msgid "CONFIGURATION FILE"
+msgstr "OPPSETTSFIL"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:109
+msgid ""
+"po4a expects a configuration file as argument. This file must contain the "
+"following elements:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:110
+msgid ""
+"The path to the PO files and the list of languages existing in the project;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:111
+msgid ""
+"Optionally, some global options and so-called configuration aliases that are "
+"used as templates to configure individual master files;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:112
+msgid ""
+"The list of each master file to translate, along with specific parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:113
+msgid ""
+"All lines contain a command between square braces, followed by its "
+"parameters.  Comments begin with the char '#' and run until the end of the "
+"line. You can escape the end of line to spread a command over several lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:114
+msgid ""
+"Some full examples are presented on this page, while other examples can be "
+"found in the C<t/cfg> directory of the source distribution."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:115
+msgid "Finding the PO and POT files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:116
+msgid ""
+"The simplest solution is to explicitly give the path to POT and PO files, as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:117
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot de:man/po/de.po fr:man/po/fr.po\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:118
+msgid ""
+"This specifies the path to the POT file first, and then the paths to the "
+"German and French PO files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:119
+msgid ""
+"The same information can be written as follows to reduce the risk of copy/"
+"paste errors:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:120
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po4a_langs] fr de\n"
+" [po4a_paths] man/po/project.pot $lang:man/po/$lang.po\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:121
+msgid ""
+"The C<$lang> component is automatically expanded using the provided "
+"languages list, reducing the risk of copy/paste error when a new language is "
+"added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:122
+msgid ""
+"You can further compact the same information by only providing the path to "
+"the directory containing your translation project, as follows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:123
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po_directory] man/po/\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:124
+msgid ""
+"The provided directory must contain a set of PO files, each named F<XX.po> "
+"with C<XX> the ISO 639-1 of the language used in this file. The directory "
+"must also contain a single POT file, with the C<.pot> file extension. For "
+"the first run, this file can be empty but it must exist (po4a cannot guess "
+"the name to use before the extension)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:125
+msgid ""
+"Note that you must choose only one between C<po_directory> and "
+"C<po4a_paths>. The first one (C<po_directory>) is more compact, further "
+"reduces the risk of copy/paste error, but forces you to use the expected "
+"project structure and file names. The second one (C<po4a_paths>), is more "
+"explicit, probably more readable, and advised when you setup your first "
+"project with po4a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: po4a:126
+msgid "Centralized or split PO files?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:127
+msgid ""
+"By default, po4a produces one single PO file per target language, containing "
+"the whole content of your translation project. As your project grows, the "
+"size of these files may become problematic. When using weblate, it is "
+"possible to specify priorities for each translation segment (i.e., msgid) so "
+"that the important ones get translated first. Still, some translation teams "
+"prefer to split the content in several files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:128
+msgid ""
+"To have one PO file per master file, you simply have to use the string "
+"C<$master> in the name of your PO files on the C<[po4a_paths]> line, as "
+"follows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:129
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po4a_paths] doc/$master/$master.pot $lang:doc/$master/$lang.po\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:130
+msgid ""
+"With this line, po4a will produce separate POT and PO files for each "
+"document to translate.  For example, if you have 3 documents and 5 "
+"languages, this will result in 3 POT files and 15 PO files. These files are "
+"named as specified on the C<po4a_paths> template, with C<$master> "
+"substituted to the basename of each document to translate. In case of name "
+"conflict, you can specify the POT file to use as follows, with the C<pot=> "
+"parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:131
+msgid ""
+"This feature can also be used to group several translated files into the "
+"same POT file. The following example only produces 2 POT files: F<l10n/po/"
+"foo.pot> (containing the material from F<foo/gui.xml>) and F<l10n/po/bar."
+"pot> (containing the material from both F<bar/gui.xml> and F<bar/cli.xml>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:132
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po4a_langs] de fr ja\n"
+" [po4a_paths] l10n/po/$master.pot $lang:l10n/po/$master.$lang.po\n"
+" [type: xml] foo/gui.xml $lang:foo/gui.$lang.xml pot=foo\n"
+" [type: xml] bar/gui.xml $lang:bar/gui.$lang.xml pot=bar\n"
+" [type: xml] bar/cli.xml $lang:bar/cli.$lang.xml pot=bar\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:133
+msgid ""
+"In split mode, B<po4a> builds a temporary compendium during the PO update, "
+"to share the translations between all the PO files. If two PO files have "
+"different translations for the same string, B<po4a> will mark this string as "
+"fuzzy and will submit both translations in all the PO files containing this "
+"string. When unfuzzied by the translator, the translation is automatically "
+"used in every PO files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:134
+msgid "Specifying the documents to translate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:135
+msgid ""
+"You must also list the documents that should be translated. For each master "
+"file, you must specify the format parser to use, the location of the "
+"translated document to produce, and optionally some configuration. File "
+"names should be quoted or escaped if they contain spaces. Here is an example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:136
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type: sgml] \"doc/my stuff.sgml\"  \"fr:doc/fr/mon truc.sgml\"  de:doc/de/mein\\ kram.sgml\n"
+" [type: man] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 de:doc/de/script.1\n"
+" [type: docbook] doc/script.xml fr:doc/fr/script.xml \\\n"
+"             de:doc/de/script.xml\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:137
+msgid ""
+"But again, these complex lines are difficult to read and modify, e.g. when "
+"adding a new language. It is much simpler to reorganize things using the "
+"C<$lang> template as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:138
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type: sgml]    doc/my_stuff.sgml $lang:doc/$lang/my_stuff.sgml\n"
+" [type: man]     script.1          $lang:po/$lang/script.1\n"
+" [type: docbook] doc/script.xml    $lang:doc/$lang/script.xml\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:139
+msgid "Specifying options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:140
+msgid ""
+"There is two types of options: I<po4a options> are default values to the "
+"po4a command line options while I<format options> are used to change the "
+"behavior of the format parsers. As a I<po4a options>, you could for example "
+"specify in your configuration file that the default value of the B<--keep> "
+"command line parameter is 50% instead of 80%. I<Format options> are "
+"documented on the specific page of each parsing module, e.g. L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"Xml(3pm)>. You could for example pass B<nostrip> to the XML parser to not "
+"strip the spaces around the extracted strings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:141
+msgid ""
+"You can pass these options for a specific master file, or even for a "
+"specific translation of that file, using C<opt:> and C<opt_XX:> for the "
+"C<XX> language.  In the following example, the B<nostrip> option is passed "
+"to the XML parser (for all languages), while the threshold will be reduced "
+"to 0% for the French translation (that is thus always kept)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:142
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:143
+msgid ""
+"In any case, these configuration chunks must be located at the end of the "
+"line.  The declaration of files must come first, then the addendum if any "
+"(see below), and then only the options. The grouping of configuration chunks "
+"is not very important, since elements are internally concatenated as "
+"strings. The following examples are all equivalent:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:144
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20\" opt:\"-o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n"
+"  [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:\"--keep 20 -o nostrip\" opt_fr:\"--keep 0\"\n"
+"  [type:xml] toto.xml $lang:toto.$lang.xml opt:--keep opt:20 opt:-o opt:nostrip opt_fr:--keep opt_fr:0\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:145
+msgid ""
+"Note that language specific options are not used when building the POT file. "
+"It is for example impossible to pass B<nostrip> to the parser only when "
+"building the French translation, because the same POT file is used to update "
+"every languages. So the only options that can be language-specific are the "
+"ones that are used when producing the translation, as the C<--keep> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: po4a:146
+msgid "Configuration aliases"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:147
+msgid ""
+"To pass the same options to several files, the best is to define a type "
+"alias as follows. In the next example, C<--keep 0> is passed to every "
+"Italian translation using this C<test> type, that is an extension of the "
+"C<man> type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:148
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  [po4a_alias:test] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n"
+"  [type: test] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:149
+msgid ""
+"You can also extend an existing type reusing the same name for the alias as "
+"follows. This is not interpreted as as an erroneous recursive definition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:150
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  [po4a_alias:man] man opt_it:\"--keep 0\"\n"
+"  [type: man] man/page.1 $lang:man/$lang/page.1\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: po4a:151
+msgid "Global default options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:152
+msgid ""
+"You can also use C<[options]> lines to define options that must be used for "
+"all files, regardless of their type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:153
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  [options] --keep 20 --option nostrip\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:154
+msgid ""
+"As with the command line options, you can abbreviate the parameters passed "
+"in the configuration file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:155
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  [options] -k 20 -o nostrip\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: po4a:156
+msgid "Option priorities"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:157
+msgid ""
+"The options of every sources are concatenated, ensuring that the default "
+"values can easily be overridden by more specific options. The order is as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:158
+msgid ""
+"C<[options]> lines provide default values that can be overridden by any "
+"other source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:159
+msgid ""
+"Type aliases are then used. Language specific settings override the ones "
+"applicable to all languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:160
+msgid ""
+"Settings that are specific to a given master file override both the default "
+"ones and the ones coming from the type alias. In this case also, language "
+"specific settings override the global ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:161
+msgid ""
+"Finally, parameters provided on the B<po4a> command line override any "
+"settings from the configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: po4a:162
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:163
+msgid "Here is an example showing how to quote the spaces and quotes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:164
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po_directory] man/po/\n"
+" \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:165
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [options] --master-charset UTF-8\n"
+" \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:166
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [po4a_alias:man] man opt:\"-o \\\"mdoc=NAME,SEE ALSO\\\"\"\n"
+" [type:man] t-05-config/test02_man.1 $lang:tmp/test02_man.$lang.1 \\\n"
+"            opt:\"-k 75\" opt_it:\"-L UTF-8\" opt_fr:--verbose\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:167
+msgid "Addendum: Adding extra content in the translation"
+msgstr "Tillegg: Legger til ekstra innhold i oversettelsen"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:168
+msgid ""
+"If you want to add an extra section to the translation, for example to give "
+"credit to the translator, then you need to define an addendum to the line "
+"defining your master file. Please refer to the page L<po4a(7)> for more "
+"details on the syntax of addendum files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:169
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type: pod] script fr:doc/fr/script.1 \\\n"
+"             add_fr:doc/l10n/script.fr.add\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:170
+msgid "You can also use language templates as follow:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:171
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1 \\\n"
+"             add_$lang:doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:172
+msgid "If an addendum fails to apply, the translation is discarded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: po4a:173
+msgid "Modifiers for the addendum declaration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:174
+msgid ""
+"Addendum modifiers can simplify the configuration file in the case where not "
+"all languages provide an addendum, or when the list of addenda changes from "
+"one language to the other. The modifier is a single char located before the "
+"file name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:175
+msgid "B<?>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:176
+msgid "Include I<addendum_path> if this file does exist, otherwise do nothing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:177
+msgid "B<@>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:178
+msgid ""
+"I<addendum_path> is not a regular addendum but a file containing a list of "
+"addenda, one by line.  Each addendum may be preceded by modifiers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a:179
+msgid "B<!>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:180
+msgid ""
+"I<addendum_path> is discarded, it is not loaded and will not be loaded by "
+"any further addendum specification."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:181
+msgid ""
+"The following includes an addendum in any language, but if only it exists. "
+"No error is reported if the addendum does not exist."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:182
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1  add_$lang:?doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:183
+msgid "The following includes a list of addendum for every language:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:184
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" [type: pod] script $lang:doc/$lang/script.1  add_$lang:@doc/l10n/script.$lang.add\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a:185
+msgid "Filtering the translated strings"
+msgstr "Filtrerer de oversatte strengene"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:186
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, you want to hide some strings from the translation process. To "
+"that extend, you can give a C<pot_in> parameter to your master file to "
+"specify the name of the file to use instead of the real master when building "
+"the POT file. Here is an example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  [type:docbook] book.xml          \\\n"
+"          pot_in:book-filtered.xml \\\n"
+"          $lang:book.$lang.xml\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:188
+msgid ""
+"With this setting, the strings to translate will be extracted from the "
+"F<book-filtered.xml> (that must be produced before calling B<po4a>) while "
+"the translated files will be built from F<book.xml>. As a result, any string "
+"that is part of F<book.xml> but not in F<book-filtered.xml> will not be "
+"included in the PO files, preventing the translators from providing a "
+"translation for them. So these strings will be left unmodified when "
+"producing the translated documents.  This naturally decreases the level of "
+"translation, so you may need the C<--keep> option to ensure that the "
+"document is produced anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:190
+msgid "L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a(7)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: po4a:191 po4a-gettextize:78 po4a-normalize:38 po4a-translate:52
+#: po4a-updatepo:55 msguntypot:32 doc/po4a.7.pod:196
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:56 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:11
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:28
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:14 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:17
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:16
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:9
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:109
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:93 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:23
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:16 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:53
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:120 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:16
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:157
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:17
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:189 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:17
+msgid "AUTHORS"
+msgstr "UTVIKLERE"
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a:192 po4a-gettextize:79 po4a-normalize:39 po4a-translate:53
+#: po4a-updatepo:56 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:110
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| " Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n"
+#| " Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+#| " Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n"
+#| "\n"
+msgid ""
+" Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n"
+" Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+" Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n"
+" Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+" Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: po4a:193 po4a-gettextize:80 po4a-normalize:40 po4a-translate:54
+#: po4a-updatepo:57 msguntypot:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:58
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:30 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:16
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:19 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:12
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:12
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:111 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:25
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:58
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:122 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:18
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:13
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:19 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:191
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:19
+msgid "COPYRIGHT AND LICENSE"
+msgstr "KOPIRETT OG LISENS"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:194 po4a-gettextize:81 po4a-normalize:41 po4a-translate:55
+#: po4a-updatepo:58
+msgid "Copyright 2002-2023 by SPI, inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a:195 po4a-gettextize:82 po4a-normalize:42 po4a-translate:56
+#: po4a-updatepo:59 msguntypot:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:60
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:16
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:32 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:18
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:21 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:16
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:20 lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:113 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:27
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:60 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:124
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:20 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:50
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:21
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:193 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:21
+msgid ""
+"This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or modify it "
+"under the terms of GPL v2.0 or later (see the COPYING file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:2
+msgid ""
+"po4a-gettextize - convert an original file (and its translation) to a PO file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:4
+msgid ""
+"B<po4a-gettextize> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-l> I<XX.doc> B<-p> "
+"I<XX.po>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:5
+msgid "(I<XX.po> is the output, all others are inputs)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:8
+msgid ""
+"The B<po4a-gettextize> script helps you converting your previously existing "
+"translations into a po4a-based workflow. This is only to be done once to "
+"salvage an existing translation while converting to po4a, not on a regular "
+"basis after the conversion of your project. This tedious process is "
+"explained in details in Section 'Converting a manual translation to po4a' "
+"below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:9
+msgid ""
+"You must provide both a master file (e.g., the source in English) and an "
+"existing translated file (e.g., a previous translation attempt without "
+"po4a). If you provide more than one master or translation files, they will "
+"be used in sequence, but it may be easier to gettextize each page or chapter "
+"separately and then use B<msgmerge> to merge all produced PO files. As you "
+"wish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:10
+msgid ""
+"If the master document has non-ASCII characters, the new generated PO file "
+"will be in UTF-8. If the master document is completely in ASCII, the "
+"generated PO will use the encoding of the translated input document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-gettextize:12 po4a-normalize:26 po4a-translate:10 po4a-updatepo:12
+msgid "B<-f>, B<--format>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:13 po4a-normalize:27 po4a-translate:11 po4a-updatepo:13
+msgid ""
+"Format of the documentation you want to handle. Use the B<--help-format> "
+"option to see the list of available formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-gettextize:14 po4a-translate:16 po4a-updatepo:14
+msgid "B<-m>, B<--master>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:15
+msgid ""
+"File containing the master document to translate. You can use this option "
+"multiple times if you want to gettextize multiple documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:17 po4a-normalize:29 po4a-translate:19
+msgid "Charset of the file containing the document to translate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-gettextize:18 po4a-normalize:30 po4a-translate:20
+msgid "B<-l>, B<--localized>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:19
+msgid ""
+"File containing the localized (translated) document. If you provided "
+"multiple master files, you may wish to provide multiple localized file by "
+"using this option more than once."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:21 po4a-translate:23
+msgid "Charset of the file containing the localized document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-gettextize:22 po4a-translate:24 po4a-updatepo:18
+msgid "B<-p>, B<--po>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:23
+msgid ""
+"File where the message catalog should be written. If not given, the message "
+"catalog will be written to the standard output."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-gettextize:28 po4a-normalize:24 po4a-translate:34 po4a-updatepo:30
+msgid "B<--help-format>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:29 po4a-normalize:25 po4a-translate:35 po4a-updatepo:31
+msgid "List the documentation formats understood by po4a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-gettextize:30
+msgid "B<-k> B<--keep-temps>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:31
+msgid ""
+"Keep the temporary master and localized POT files built before merging.  "
+"This can be useful to understand why these files get desynchronized, leading "
+"to gettextization problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a-gettextize:46
+msgid "Converting a manual translation to po4a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:47
+msgid ""
+"B<po4a-gettextize> synchronizes the master and localized files to extract "
+"their content into a PO file. The content of the master file gives the "
+"B<msgid> while the content of the localized file gives the B<msgstr>. This "
+"process is somewhat fragile: the Nth string of the translated file is "
+"supposed to be the translation of the Nth string in the original."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:48
+msgid ""
+"Gettextization works best if you manage to retrieve the exact version of the "
+"original document that was used for translation. Even so, you may need to "
+"fiddle with both master and localized files to align their structure if it "
+"was changed by the original translator, so working on files' copies is "
+"advised."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:49
+msgid ""
+"Internally, each po4a parser reports the syntactical type of each extracted "
+"strings. This is how desynchronization are detected during the "
+"gettextization.  In the example depicted below, it is very unlikely that the "
+"4th string in translation (of type 'chapter') is the translation of the 4th "
+"string in original (of type 'paragraph'). It is more likely that a new "
+"paragraph was added to the original, or that two original paragraphs were "
+"merged together in the translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a-gettextize:50
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    Original         Translation\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: po4a-gettextize:51
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  chapter            chapter\n"
+"    paragraph          paragraph\n"
+"    paragraph          paragraph\n"
+"    paragraph        chapter\n"
+"  chapter              paragraph\n"
+"    paragraph          paragraph\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:52
+msgid ""
+"B<po4a-gettextize> will verbosely diagnose any structure desynchronization. "
+"When this happens, you should manually edit the files to add fake paragraphs "
+"or remove some content here and there until the structure of both files "
+"actually match. Some tricks are given below to salvage the most of the "
+"existing translation while doing so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:53
+msgid ""
+"If you are lucky enough to have a perfect match in the file structures out "
+"of the box, building a correct PO file is a matter of seconds. Otherwise, "
+"you will soon understand why this process has such an ugly name :) Even so, "
+"gettextization often remains faster than translating everything again. I "
+"gettextized the French translation of the whole Perl documentation in one "
+"day despite the I<many> synchronization issues. Given the amount of text "
+"(2MB of original text), restarting the translation without first salvaging "
+"the old translations would have required several months of work. In "
+"addition, this grunt work is the price to pay to get the comfort of po4a. "
+"Once converted, the synchronization between master documents and "
+"translations will always be fully automatic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:54
+msgid ""
+"After a successful gettextization, the produced documents should be manually "
+"checked for undetected disparities and silent errors, as explained below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: po4a-gettextize:55
+msgid "Hints and tricks for the gettextization process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:56
+msgid ""
+"The gettextization stops as soon as a desynchronization is detected. When "
+"this happens, you need to edit the files as much as needed to re-align the "
+"files' structures. B<po4a-gettextize> is rather verbose when things go "
+"wrong. It reports the strings that don't match, their positions in the text, "
+"and the type of each of them. Moreover, the PO file generated so far is "
+"dumped as F<gettextization.failed.po> for further inspection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:57
+msgid ""
+"Here are some tricks to help you in this tedious process and ensure that you "
+"salvage the most of the previous translation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:58
+msgid ""
+"Remove all extra content of the translations, such as the section giving "
+"credits to the translators. They should be added separately to B<po4a> as "
+"addenda (see L<po4a(7)>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:59
+msgid ""
+"When editing the files to align their structures, prefer editing the "
+"translation if possible. Indeed, if the changes to the original are too "
+"intrusive, the old and new versions will not be matched during the first "
+"po4a run after gettextization (see below). Any unmatched translation will be "
+"dumped anyway.  That being said, you still want to edit the original "
+"document if it's too hard to get the gettextization to proceed otherwise, "
+"even if it means that one paragraph of the translation is dumped. The "
+"important thing is to get a first PO file to start with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:60
+msgid ""
+"Do not hesitate to kill any original content that would not exist in the "
+"translated version. This content will be automatically reintroduced "
+"afterward, when synchronizing the PO file with the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:61
+msgid ""
+"You should probably inform the original author of any structural change in "
+"the translation that seems justified. Issues in the original document should "
+"reported to the author. Fixing them in your translation only fixes them for "
+"a part of the community. Plus, it is impossible to do so when using po4a ;) "
+"But you probably want to wait until the end of the conversion to B<po4a> "
+"before changing the original files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:62
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, the paragraph content does match, but not their types. Fixing it "
+"is rather format-dependent. In POD and man, it often comes from the fact "
+"that one of them contains a line beginning with a white space while the "
+"other does not.  In those formats, such paragraph cannot be wrapped and thus "
+"become a different type. Just remove the space and you are fine. It may also "
+"be a typo in the tag name in XML."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:63
+msgid ""
+"Likewise, two paragraphs may get merged together in POD when the separating "
+"line contains some spaces, or when there is no empty line between the "
+"B<=item> line and the content of the item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:64
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, the desynchronization message seems odd because the translation "
+"is attached to the wrong original paragraph. It is the sign of an undetected "
+"issue earlier in the process. Search for the actual desynchronization point "
+"by inspecting the file F<gettextization.failed.po> that was produced, and "
+"fix the problem where it really is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:65
+msgid ""
+"Other issues may come from duplicated strings in either the original or "
+"translation. Duplicated strings are merged in PO files, with two "
+"references.  This constitutes a difficulty for the gettextization algorithm, "
+"that is a simple one to one pairing between the B<msgid>s of both the master "
+"and the localized files. It is however believed that recent versions of po4a "
+"deal properly with duplicated strings, so you should report any remaining "
+"issue that you may encounter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a-gettextize:66
+msgid "Reviewing files produced by B<po4a-gettextize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:67
+msgid ""
+"Any file produced by B<po4a-gettextize> should be manually reviewed, even "
+"when the script terminates successfully. You should skim over the PO file, "
+"ensuring that the B<msgid> and B<msgstr> actually match. It is not necessary "
+"to ensure that the translation is perfectly correct yet, as all entries are "
+"marked as fuzzy translations anyway. You only need to check for obvious "
+"matching issues because badly matched translations will be dumped in "
+"subsequent steps while you want to salvage them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:68
+msgid ""
+"Fortunately, this step does not require to master the target languages as "
+"you only want to recognize similar elements in each B<msgid> and its "
+"corresponding B<msgstr>. As a speaker of French, English, and some German "
+"myself, I can do this for all European languages at least, even if I cannot "
+"say one word of most of these languages. I sometimes manage to detect "
+"matching issues in non-Latin languages by looking at string length, phrase "
+"structures (does the amount of interrogation marks match?) and other clues, "
+"but I prefer when someone else can review those languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:69
+msgid ""
+"If you detect a mismatch, edit the original and translation files as if "
+"B<po4a-gettextize> reported an error, and try again. Once you have a decent "
+"PO file for your previous translation, backup it until you get po4a working "
+"correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a-gettextize:70
+msgid "Running B<po4a> for the first time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:71
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to setup po4a is to write a B<po4a.conf> configuration file, "
+"and use the integrated B<po4a> program (B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-"
+"translate> are deprecated). Please check the \"CONFIGURATION FILE\" Section "
+"in L<po4a(1)> documentation for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:72
+msgid ""
+"When B<po4a> runs for the first time, the current version of the master "
+"documents will be used to update the PO files containing the old "
+"translations that you salvaged through gettextization. This can take quite a "
+"long time, because many of the B<msgid>s of from the gettextization do not "
+"exactly match the elements of the POT file built from the recent master "
+"files. This forces gettext to search for the closest one using a costly "
+"string proximity algorithm.  For example, the first run over the Perl "
+"documentation's French translation (5.5 MB PO file) took about 48 hours "
+"(yes, two days) while the subsequent ones only take seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: po4a-gettextize:73
+msgid "Moving your translations to production"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:74
+msgid ""
+"After this first run, the PO files are ready to be reviewed by translators. "
+"All entries were marked as fuzzy in the PO file by B<po4a-gettextization>, "
+"forcing their careful review before use. Translators should take each entry "
+"to verify that the salvaged translation actually match the current original "
+"text, update the translation on need, and remove the fuzzy markers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:75
+msgid ""
+"Once enough fuzzy markers are removed, B<po4a> will start generating the "
+"translation files on disk, and you're ready to move your translation "
+"workflow to production. Some projects find it useful to rely on weblate to "
+"coordinate between translators and maintainers, but that's beyond B<po4a>' "
+"scope."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-gettextize:77
+msgid ""
+"L<po4a(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, "
+"L<po4a(7)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:2
+msgid ""
+"po4a-normalize - normalize a documentation file by parsing it in po4a, and "
+"writing it back"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:4
+msgid "B<po4a-normalize> B<-f> I<fmt> I<master.doc>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:6 po4a-translate:7 po4a-updatepo:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:4
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:4
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:4
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:4
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:4
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:4
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:4
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:4 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:4
+msgid ""
+"The po4a (PO for anything) project goal is to ease translations (and more "
+"interestingly, the maintenance of translations) using gettext tools on areas "
+"where they were not expected like documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Formålet med po4a-prosjektet (PO for alt) er å lette oversettelsen (og mer "
+"interessant, vedlikeholding av oversettelser) ved bruk av gettext-verktøy i "
+"områder de ikke er tiltenkt, som dokumentasjon."
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:7
+msgid ""
+"The B<po4a-normalize> script is a debugging tool used to make sure that po4a "
+"don't change the document when it's not supposed to. Only use it if you're "
+"developing a new module, or if you doubt the sanity of the tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:8
+msgid ""
+"The generated document will be written to F<po4a-normalize.output> while the "
+"generated POT file will be written to F<po4a-normalize.po> by default, but "
+"you can use the B<--localized> and B<--pot> options to change that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-normalize:14
+msgid "B<-b>, B<--blank>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:15
+msgid ""
+"Create a blank translated document.  The generated translated document will "
+"be generated assuming all messages are translated by a space or new line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:16
+msgid ""
+"This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:17 po4a-normalize:21
+msgid ""
+"Both B<--blank> and B<--capitalize> can't be specified at the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-normalize:18
+msgid "B<-C>, B<--capitalize>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:19
+msgid ""
+"Create a translated document and corresponding po-file with original strings "
+"translated as their capitalized versions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:20
+msgid ""
+"This is useful to check what parts of the document cannot be translated and "
+"generate test data for po4a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:31
+msgid ""
+"Name of the normalized file to produce (I<po4a-normalize.output> by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-normalize:32
+msgid "B<-p>, B<--pot>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:33
+msgid "Pot file to produce (I<po4a-normalize.po> by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-normalize:37
+msgid ""
+"L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:2
+msgid "po4a-translate - convert a PO file back to documentation format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:4
+msgid ""
+"B<po4a-translate> B<-f> I<fmt> B<-m> I<master.doc> B<-p> I<XX.po> B<-l> I<XX."
+"doc>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:5
+msgid "(I<XX.doc> is the output, all others are inputs)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:8
+msgid ""
+"The B<po4a-translate> script is in charge of converting the translation "
+"(which was done in a PO file) back into the documentation format. The "
+"provided PO file should be the translation of the POT file which was "
+"produced by L<po4a-gettextize(1)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-translate:12
+msgid "B<-a>, B<--addendum>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:13
+msgid ""
+"Add a file to the resulting file (to put translator's name or a section "
+"\"About this translation\", for example). The first line of the file to "
+"insert should be a PO4A header indicating where it should be added (see "
+"section B<HOWTO add extra text to translations> in L<po4a(7)>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:17
+msgid "File containing the master document to translate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:21
+msgid "File where the localized (translated) document should be written."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:25
+msgid "File from which the message catalog should be read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:29
+msgid ""
+"Minimal threshold for translation percentage to keep (i.e. write) the "
+"resulting file (default: 80). I.e. by default, files have to be translated "
+"at least at 80% to get written."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: po4a-translate:42 po4a-updatepo:38
+msgid "B<--porefs> I<type>[,B<wrap>|B<nowrap>]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:44 po4a-updatepo:40
+msgid ""
+"Argument can be followed by a comma and either B<wrap> or B<nowrap> "
+"keyword.  References are written by default on a single line.  The B<wrap> "
+"option wraps references on several lines, to mimic B<gettext> tools "
+"(B<xgettext> and B<msgmerge>).  This option will become the default in a "
+"future release, because it is more sensible.  The B<nowrap> option is "
+"available so that users who want to keep the old behavior can do so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: po4a-translate:45
+msgid "Adding content (beside translations) to generated files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:46
+msgid ""
+"To add some extra content to the generated document beside what you "
+"translated (like the name of the translator, or an \"About this "
+"translation\" section), you should use the B<--addendum> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:47
+msgid ""
+"The first line of the addendum must be a header indicating where to put it "
+"in the document (it can be before or after a given part of the document).  "
+"The rest of the file will be added verbatim to the resulting file without "
+"further processing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:48
+msgid ""
+"Note that if po4a-translate fails to add one of the given files, it discards "
+"the whole translation (because the missing file could be the one indicating "
+"the author, what would prevent the users to contact him to report bugs in "
+"the translation)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:49
+msgid ""
+"The header has a pretty rigid syntax. For more information on how to use "
+"this feature and how it works, please refer to the L<po4a(7)> man page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-translate:51
+msgid ""
+"L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a(7)>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:2
+msgid "po4a-updatepo - update the translation (in PO format) of documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:4
+msgid "B<po4a-updatepo> B<-f> I<fmt> (B<-m> I<master.doc>)+ (B<-p> I<XX.po>)+"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:5
+msgid "(I<XX.po> are the outputs, all others are inputs)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:8
+msgid ""
+"The B<po4a-updatepo> script is in charge of updating PO files to make them "
+"reflect the changes made to the original documentation file. For that, it "
+"converts the documentation file to a POT file, and call L<msgmerge(1)> on "
+"this new POT and on the provided PO files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:9
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to give more than one PO file (if you want to update several "
+"languages at once), and several documentation files (if you want to store "
+"the translations of several documents in the same PO file)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:10
+msgid ""
+"If the master document has non-ASCII characters, this script will convert "
+"the PO files to UTF-8 (if they weren't already), for a transparent handling "
+"of non-standard characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:15
+msgid "File(s) containing the master document to translate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:17
+msgid ""
+"Charset of the files containing the document to translate. Note that all "
+"files must have the same charset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:19
+msgid ""
+"PO file(s) to update. If these files do not exist, they are created by "
+"B<po4a-updatepo>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:23
+msgid ""
+"This option removes B<--previous> from the options passed to B<msgmerge>.  "
+"This helps supporting old versions of B<gettext> (before v0.16)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:43
+msgid ""
+"Historically, the gettext suite has reformatted the po files at the 77th "
+"column for cosmetics. This option specifies the behavior of po4a. If set to "
+"a numerical value, po4a will wrap the po file after this column and after "
+"newlines in the content. If set to B<newlines>, po4a will only split the "
+"msgid and msgstr after newlines in the content. If set to B<no>, po4a will "
+"not wrap the po file at all.  The wrapping of the reference comments is "
+"controlled by the B<--porefs> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: po4a-updatepo:54
+msgid ""
+"L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a(7)>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:2
+msgid "msguntypot - update PO files when a typo is fixed in POT file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:4
+msgid "B<msguntypot> B<-o> I<old_pot> B<-n> I<new_pot> I<pofiles> ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:6
+msgid ""
+"When you fix a trivial error which surely doesn't affect translations (e.g.  "
+"a typo) in a POT file, you should unfuzzy the corresponding msgstr in the "
+"translated PO files to avoid so extra work to the translators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:7
+msgid ""
+"This task is difficult and error prone when done manually, and this tool is "
+"there to help doing so correctly. You just need to provide the two versions "
+"of the POT file: before the edition and after as marked in the above "
+"synopsis, and it all becomes automatic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: msguntypot:8
+msgid "HOW TO USE IT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:9
+msgid ""
+"In short, when you discover a typo in one of your [english] message, do the "
+"following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: msguntypot:10 msguntypot:19
+msgid "- Regenerate your POT and PO files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: msguntypot:11
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  make -C po/ update-po # for message program translations\n"
+"  debconf-updatepo      # for debconf translations\n"
+"  po4a po4a.conf        # for po4a based documentation translations\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:12
+msgid ""
+"or something else, depending on your project's building settings. You know "
+"how to make sure your POT and PO files are uptodate, don't you??"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: msguntypot:13
+msgid "- Make a copy of your POT file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: msguntypot:14
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  cp myfile.pot myfile.pot.orig\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: msguntypot:15
+msgid "- Make a copy of all your PO files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: msguntypot:16
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  mkdir po_fridge; cp *.po po_fridge\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: msguntypot:17
+msgid "- Fix your typo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:18
+msgid "$EDITOR the_file_in_which_there_is_a_typo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:20
+msgid "See above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:21
+msgid ""
+"At this point, the typo fix fuzzied all the translations, and this "
+"unfortunate change is the only one between the PO files of your main "
+"directory and the one from the fridge. Here is how to solve this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: msguntypot:22
+msgid "- Discard fuzzy translation, restore the ones from the fridge."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: msguntypot:23
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  cp po_fridge/*.po .\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: msguntypot:24
+msgid ""
+"- Manually merge the PO files with the new POT file, but taking the useless "
+"fuzzy into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: msguntypot:25
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  msguntypot -o myfile.pot.orig -n myfile.pot *.po\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: msguntypot:26
+msgid "- Cleanups."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: msguntypot:27
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  rm -rf myfile.pot.orig po_fridge\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:28
+msgid ""
+"You're done. The typo was eradicated from msgstr of both your POT and PO "
+"files, and the PO files were not fuzzyied in the process. Your translators "
+"love you already."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:30
+msgid ""
+"Despite its name, this tool is not part of the gettext tool suite. It is "
+"instead part of po4a. More precisely, it's a random Perl script using the "
+"fine po4a modules. For more information about po4a, please see:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:31
+msgid "L<po4a(7)>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: msguntypot:33
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian,org)\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: msguntypot:35
+msgid "Copyright 2005 by SPI, inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:2
+msgid "po4a - framework to translate documentation and other materials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:3
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:4
+msgid ""
+"po4a (PO for anything) eases the maintenance of documentation translation "
+"using the classical gettext tools. The main feature of po4a is that it "
+"decouples the translation of content from its document structure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:5
+msgid ""
+"This document serves as an introduction to the po4a project with a focus on "
+"potential users considering whether to use this tool and on the curious "
+"wanting to understand why things are the way they are."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:6
+msgid "Why po4a?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:7
+msgid ""
+"The philosophy of Free Software is to make the technology truly available to "
+"everyone. But licensing is not the only consideration: untranslated free "
+"software is useless for non-English speakers. Therefore, we still have some "
+"work to do to make software available to everybody."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:8
+msgid ""
+"This situation is well understood by most projects and everybody is now "
+"convinced of the necessity to translate everything. Yet, the actual "
+"translations represent a huge effort of many individuals, crippled by small "
+"technical difficulties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:9
+msgid ""
+"Thankfully, Open Source software is actually very well translated using the "
+"gettext tool suite. These tools are used to extract the strings to translate "
+"from a program and present the strings to translate in a standardized format "
+"(called PO files, or translation catalogs). A whole ecosystem of tools has "
+"emerged to help the translators actually translate these PO files. The "
+"result is then used by gettext at run time to display translated messages to "
+"the end users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:10
+msgid ""
+"Regarding documentation, however, the situation still somewhat "
+"disappointing.  At first translating documentation may seem to be easier "
+"than translating a program as it would seem that you just have to copy the "
+"documentation source file and start translating the content. However, when "
+"the original documentation is modified, keeping track of the modifications "
+"quickly turns into a nightmare for the translators. If done manually, this "
+"task is unpleasant and error-prone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:11
+msgid ""
+"Outdated translations are often worse than no translation at all. End-users "
+"can be tricked by documentation describing an old behavior of the program.  "
+"Furthermore, they cannot interact directly with the maintainers since they "
+"don't speak English. Additionally, the maintainer cannot fix the problem as "
+"they don't know every language in which their documentation is translated.  "
+"These difficulties, often caused by poor tooling, can undermine the "
+"motivation of volunteer translators, further aggravating the problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:12
+msgid ""
+"B<The goal of the po4a project is to ease the work of documentation "
+"translators>.  In particular, it makes documentation translations "
+"I<maintainable>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:13
+msgid ""
+"The idea is to reuse and adapt the gettext approach to this field. As with "
+"gettext, texts are extracted from their original locations and presented to "
+"translators as PO translation catalogs. The translators can leverage the "
+"classical gettext tools to monitor the work to do, collaborate and organize "
+"as teams. po4a then injects the translations directly into the documentation "
+"structure to produce translated source files that can be processed and "
+"distributed just like the English files. Any paragraph that is not "
+"translated is left in English in the resulting document, ensuring that the "
+"end users never see an outdated translation in the documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:14
+msgid ""
+"This automates most of the grunt work of the translation maintenance.  "
+"Discovering the paragraphs needing an update becomes very easy, and the "
+"process is completely automated when elements are reordered without further "
+"modification. Specific verification can also be used to reduce the chance of "
+"formatting errors that would result in a broken document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:15
+msgid ""
+"Please also see the B<FAQ> below in this document for a more complete list "
+"of the advantages and disadvantages of this approach."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:16
+msgid "Supported formats"
+msgstr "Støttede formater"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:17
+msgid ""
+"Currently, this approach has been successfully implemented to several kinds "
+"of text formatting formats:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:18
+msgid "man (mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:19
+msgid ""
+"The good old manual pages' format, used by so many programs out there. po4a "
+"support is very welcome here since this format is somewhat difficult to use "
+"and not really friendly to newbies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:20
+msgid ""
+"The L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)|Man> module also supports the mdoc format, used "
+"by the BSD man pages (they are also quite common on Linux)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:21
+msgid "AsciiDoc (mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:22
+msgid ""
+"This format is a lightweight markup format intended to ease the authoring of "
+"documentation. It is for example used to document the git system. Those "
+"manpages are translated using po4a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:23
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:24
+msgid "pod (mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:25
+msgid ""
+"This is the Perl Online Documentation format. The language and extensions "
+"themselves are documented using this format in addition to most existing "
+"Perl scripts. It makes easy to keep the documentation close to the actual "
+"code by embedding them both in the same file. It makes programmer's life "
+"easier, but unfortunately, not the translator's, until you use po4a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:26
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Pod> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:27
+msgid "sgml (mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:28
+msgid ""
+"Even if superseded by XML nowadays, this format is still used for documents "
+"which are more than a few screens long. It can even be used for complete "
+"books.  Documents of this length can be very challenging to update. B<diff> "
+"often reveals useless when the original text was re-indented after update.  "
+"Fortunately, po4a can help you after that process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:29
+msgid ""
+"Currently, only DebianDoc and DocBook DTD are supported, but adding support "
+"for a new one is really easy. It is even possible to use po4a on an unknown "
+"SGML DTD without changing the code by providing the needed information on "
+"the command line. See L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:30
+msgid "TeX / LaTeX (mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:31
+msgid ""
+"The LaTeX format is a major documentation format used in the Free Software "
+"world and for publications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:32
+msgid ""
+"The L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)|LaTeX> module was tested with the Python "
+"documentation, a book and some presentations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:33
+msgid "text (mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:34
+msgid ""
+"The Text format is the base format for many formats that include long blocks "
+"of text, including Markdown, fortunes, YAML front matter section, debian/"
+"changelog, and debian/control."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:35
+msgid ""
+"This supports the common format used in Static Site Generators, READMEs, and "
+"other documentation systems. See L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)|Text> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:36
+msgid "xml and XHMTL (probably mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:37
+msgid "The XML format is a base format for many documentation formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:38
+msgid ""
+"Currently, the DocBook DTD (see L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)> for details) "
+"and XHTML are supported by po4a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:39
+msgid "BibTex (probably mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:40
+msgid ""
+"The BibTex format is used alongside LaTex for formatting lists of references "
+"(bibliographies)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:41
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::BibTex> for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:42
+msgid "Docbook (probably mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:43
+msgid ""
+"A XML-based markup language that uses semantic tags to describe documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:44
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Docbook> for greater details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:45
+msgid "Guide XML (probably mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:46
+msgid ""
+"A XML documentation format. This module was developed specifically to help "
+"with supporting and maintaining translations of Gentoo Linux documentation "
+"up until at least March 2016 (Based on the Wayback Machine). Gentoo have "
+"since moved to the DevBook XML format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:47
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Guide> for greater details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:48
+msgid "Wml (probably mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:49
+msgid ""
+"The Web Markup Language, do not mixup WML with the WAP stuff used on cell "
+"phones.  This module relies on the Xhtml module, which itself relies on the "
+"XmL module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:50
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Wml> for greater details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:51
+msgid "Yaml (probably mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:52
+msgid ""
+"A strict superset of JSON. YAML is often used as systems or configuration "
+"projects.  YAML is at the core of Red Hat's Ansible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:53
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml> for greater details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:54
+msgid "RubyDoc (probably mature parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:55
+msgid ""
+"The Ruby Document (RD) format, originally the default documentation format "
+"for Ruby and Ruby projects before converted to RDoc in 2002. Though "
+"apparently the Japanese version of the Ruby Reference Manual still use RD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:56
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc> for greater details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:57
+msgid "Halibut (probably experimental parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:58
+msgid ""
+"A documentation production system, with elements similar to TeX, debiandoc-"
+"sgml, TeXinfo, and others, developed by Simon Tatham, the developer of PuTTY."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:59
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a:Halibut> for greater details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:60
+msgid "Ini (probably experimental parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:61
+msgid "Configuration file format popularized by MS-DOS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:62
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Ini> for greater details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:63
+msgid "texinfo (very highly experimental parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:64
+msgid ""
+"All of the GNU documentation is written in this format (it's even one of the "
+"requirements to become an official GNU project). The support for L<Locale::"
+"Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)|Texinfo> in po4a is still at the beginning.  Please "
+"report bugs and feature requests."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:65
+msgid "gemtext (very highly experimental parser)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:66
+msgid ""
+"The native plain text format of the Gemini protocol.  The extension \".gmi\" "
+"is commonly used.  Support for this module in po4a is still in its infancy.  "
+"If you find anything, please file a bug or feature request."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:67
+msgid "Others supported formats"
+msgstr "Andre støttede formater"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:68
+msgid ""
+"Po4a can also handle some more rare or specialized formats, such as the "
+"documentation of compilation options for the 2.4+ Linux kernels (L<Locale::"
+"Po4a::KernelHelp>) or the diagrams produced by the dia tool (L<Locale::Po4a:"
+"Dia>). Adding a new format is often very easy and the main task is to come "
+"up with a parser for your target format. See L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"TransTractor(3pm)> for more information about this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:69
+msgid "Unsupported formats"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:70
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, po4a still lacks support for several documentation formats. "
+"Many of them would be easy to support in po4a. This includes formats not "
+"just used for documentation, such as, package descriptions (deb and rpm), "
+"package installation scripts questions, package changelogs, and all the "
+"specialized file formats used by programs such as game scenarios or wine "
+"resource files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:71
+msgid "Using po4a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:72
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to use this tool in your project is to write a configuration "
+"file for the B<po4a> program, and only interact with this program. Please "
+"refer to its documentation, in L<po4a(1)>. The rest of this section provides "
+"more details for the advanced users of po4a wanting to deepen their "
+"understanding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:73
+msgid "Detailed schema of the po4a workflow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:74
+msgid ""
+"Make sure to read L<po4a(1)> before this overly detailed section to get a "
+"simplified overview of the po4a workflow. Come back here when you want to "
+"get the full scary picture, with almost all details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:75
+msgid ""
+"In the following schema, F<master.doc> is an example name for the "
+"documentation to be translated; F<XX.doc> is the same document translated in "
+"the language XX while F<doc.XX.po> is the translation catalog for that "
+"document in the XX language. Documentation authors will mostly be concerned "
+"with F<master.doc> (which can be a manpage, an XML document, an AsciidDoc "
+"file, etc); the translators will be mostly concerned with the PO file, while "
+"the end users will only see the F<XX.doc> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:76
+msgid ""
+"Transitions with square brackets such as C<[po4a updates po]> represent the "
+"execution of a po4a tool while transitions with curly brackets such as "
+"C<{update of master.doc}> represent a manual modification of the project's "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:77
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"                                   master.doc\n"
+"                                       |\n"
+"                                       V\n"
+"     +<-----<----+<-----<-----<--------+------->-------->-------+\n"
+"     :           |                     |                        :\n"
+"{translation}    |          {update of master.doc}              :\n"
+"     :           |                     |                        :\n"
+"   XX.doc        |                     V                        V\n"
+" (optional)      |                 master.doc ->-------->------>+\n"
+"     :           |                   (new)                      |\n"
+"     V           V                     |                        |\n"
+"  [po4a-gettextize]   doc.XX.po -->+   |                        |\n"
+"          |            (old)       |   |                        |\n"
+"          |              ^         V   V                        |\n"
+"          |              |   [po4a updates po]                  |\n"
+"          V              |           |                          V\n"
+"   translation.pot       ^           V                          |\n"
+"          |              |        doc.XX.po                     |\n"
+"          |              |         (fuzzy)                      |\n"
+"    {translation}        |           |                          |\n"
+"          |              ^           V                          V\n"
+"          |              |     {manual editing}                 |\n"
+"          |              |           |                          |\n"
+"          V              |           V                          V\n"
+"      doc.XX.po --->---->+<---<-- doc.XX.po    addendum     master.doc\n"
+"      (initial)                 (up-to-date)  (optional)   (up-to-date)\n"
+"          :                          |            |             |\n"
+"          :                          V            |             |\n"
+"          +----->----->----->------> +            |             |\n"
+"                                     |            |             |\n"
+"                                     V            V             V\n"
+"                                     +------>-----+------<------+\n"
+"                                                  |\n"
+"                                                  V\n"
+"                                     [po4a updates translations]\n"
+"                                                  |\n"
+"                                                  V\n"
+"                                                XX.doc\n"
+"                                             (up-to-date)\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:78
+msgid ""
+"Again, this schema is overly complicated. Check on L<po4a(1)> for a "
+"simplified overview."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:79
+msgid ""
+"The left part depicts how L<po4a-gettextize(1)> can be used to convert an "
+"existing translation project to the po4a infrastructure. This script takes "
+"an original document and its translated counterpart, and tries to build the "
+"corresponding PO file. Such manual conversion is rather cumbersome (see the "
+"L<po4a-gettextize(1)> documentation for more details), but it is only needed "
+"once to convert your existing translations. If you don't have any "
+"translation to convert, you can forget about this and focus on the right "
+"part of the schema."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:80
+msgid ""
+"On the top right part, the action of the original author is depicted, "
+"updating the documentation.  The middle right part depicts the automatic "
+"updates of translation files: the new material is extracted and compared "
+"against the exiting translation. The previous translation is used for the "
+"parts that didn't change, while partially modified parts are connected to "
+"the previous translation with a \"fuzzy\" marker indicating that the "
+"translation must be updated. New or heavily modified material is left "
+"untranslated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:81
+msgid ""
+"Then, the I<manual editing> block depicts the action of the translators, "
+"that modify the PO files to provide translations to every original string "
+"and paragraph. This can be done using either a specific editor such as the "
+"B<GNOME Translation Editor>, KDE's B<Lokalize> or B<poedit>, or using an "
+"online localization platform such as B<weblate> or B<pootle>. The "
+"translation result is a set of PO files, one per language. Please refer to "
+"the gettext documentation for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:82
+msgid ""
+"The bottom part of the figure shows how B<po4a> creates a translated source "
+"document from the F<master.doc> original document and the F<doc.XX.po> "
+"translation catalog that was updated by the translators. The structure of "
+"the document is reused, while the original content is replaced by its "
+"translated counterpart. Optionally, an addendum can be used to add some "
+"extra text to the translation. This is often used to add the name of the "
+"translator to the final document. See below for details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:83
+msgid ""
+"Upon invocation, B<po4a> updates both the translation files and the "
+"translated documentation files automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Når den kjøres så oppdaterer B<po4a> både oversetterfilene og de oversatte "
+"dokumentasjonsfilene automatisk."
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:84
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Generating a translated document"
+msgid "Starting a new translation project"
+msgstr "Generering av et oversatt dokument"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:85
+msgid ""
+"If you start from scratch, you just have to write a configuration file for "
+"po4a, and you are set.  The relevant templates are created for the missing "
+"files, allowing your contributors to translate your project to their "
+"language. Please refer to L<po4a(1)> for a quick start tutorial and for all "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:86
+msgid ""
+"If you have an existing translation, i.e. a documentation file that was "
+"translated manually, you can integrate its content in your po4a workflow "
+"using B<po4a-gettextize>. This task is a bit cumbersome (as described in the "
+"tool's manpage), but once your project is converted to po4a workflow, "
+"everything will be updated automatically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:87
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Generating a translated document"
+msgid "Updating the translations and documents"
+msgstr "Generering av et oversatt dokument"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:88
+msgid ""
+"Once setup, invoking B<po4a> is enough to update both the translation PO "
+"files and translated documents. You may pass the C<--no-translations> to "
+"B<po4a> to not update the translations (thus only updating the PO files) or "
+"C<--no-update> to not update the PO files (thus only updating the "
+"translations). This roughly corresponds to the individual B<po4a-updatepo> "
+"and B<po4a-translate> scripts which are now deprecated (see \"Why are the "
+"individual scripts deprecated\" in the FAQ below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:89
+msgid "Using addenda to add extra text to translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:90
+msgid ""
+"Adding new text to the translation is probably the only thing that is easier "
+"in the long run when you translate files manually :). This happens when you "
+"want to add an extra section to the translated document, not corresponding "
+"to any content in the original document. The classical use case is to give "
+"credits to the translation team, and to indicate how to report translation-"
+"specific issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:91
+msgid ""
+"With po4a, you have to specify B<addendum> files, that can be conceptually "
+"viewed as patches applied to the localized document after processing. Each "
+"addendum must be provided as a separate file, which format is however very "
+"different from the classical patches. The first line is a I<header line>, "
+"defining the insertion point of the addendum (with an unfortunately cryptic "
+"syntax -- see below) while the rest of the file is added verbatim at the "
+"determined position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:92
+msgid ""
+"The header line must begin with the string B<PO4A-HEADER:>, followed by a "
+"semi-colon separated list of I<key>B<=>I<value> fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:93
+msgid ""
+"For example, the following header declares an addendum that must be placed "
+"at the very end of the translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:94
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER: mode=eof\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:95
+msgid ""
+"Things are more complex when you want to add your extra content in the "
+"middle of the document. The following header declares an addendum that must "
+"be placed after the XML section containing the string C<About this document> "
+"in translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:96
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:97
+msgid ""
+"In practice, when trying to apply an addendum, po4a searches for the first "
+"line matching the C<position> argument (this can be a regexp). Do not forget "
+"that po4a considers the B<translated> document here. This documentation is "
+"in English, but your line should probably read as follows if you intend your "
+"addendum to apply to the French translation of the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:98
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER: position=À propos de ce document; mode=after; endboundary=</section>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:99
+msgid ""
+"Once the C<position> is found in the target document, po4a searches for the "
+"next line after the C<position> that matches the provided C<endboundary>. "
+"The addendum is added right B<after> that line (because we provided an "
+"I<endboundary>, i.e. a boundary ending the current section)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:100
+msgid ""
+"The exact same effect could be obtained with the following header, that is "
+"equivalent:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:101
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:102
+msgid ""
+"Here, po4a searches for the first line matching C<< <section> >> after the "
+"line matching C<About this document> in the translation, and add the "
+"addendum B<before> that line since we provided a I<beginboundary>, i.e. a "
+"boundary marking the beginning of the next section. So this header line "
+"requires placing the addendum after the section containing C<About this "
+"document>, and instruct po4a that a section starts with a line containing "
+"the C<< <section> >> tag. This is equivalent to the previous example because "
+"what you really want is to add this addendum either after C<< </section> >> "
+"or before C<< <section> >>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:103
+msgid ""
+"You can also set the insertion I<mode> to the value C<before>, with a "
+"similar semantic: combining C<mode=before> with an C<endboundary> will put "
+"the addendum just B<after> the matched boundary, that is the last potential "
+"boundary line before the C<position>. Combining C<mode=before> with an "
+"C<beginboundary> will put the addendum just B<before> the matched boundary, "
+"that is the last potential boundary line before the C<position>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:104
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  Mode   | Boundary kind |     Used boundary      | Insertion point compared to the boundary\n"
+" ========|===============|========================|=========================================\n"
+" 'before'| 'endboundary' | last before 'position' | Right after the selected boundary\n"
+" 'before'|'beginboundary'| last before 'position' | Right before the selected boundary\n"
+" 'after' | 'endboundary' | first after 'position' | Right after the selected boundary\n"
+" 'after' |'beginboundary'| first after 'position' | Right before the selected boundary\n"
+" 'eof'   |   (none)      |  n/a                   | End of file\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:105
+msgid "Hint and tricks about addenda"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:106
+msgid ""
+"Remember that these are regexp. For example, if you want to match the end of "
+"a nroff section ending with the line C<.fi>, do not use C<.fi> as "
+"B<endboundary>, because it will match with C<the[ fi]le>, which is obviously "
+"not what you expect. The correct B<endboundary> in that case is: C<^\\.fi$>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:107
+msgid ""
+"White spaces ARE important in the content of the C<position> and boundaries. "
+"So the two following lines B<are different>. The second one will only be "
+"found if there is enough trailing spaces in the translated document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:108
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n"
+" PO4A-HEADER: position=About this document ; mode=after; beginboundary=<section>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:109
+msgid ""
+"Although this context search may be considered to operate roughly on each "
+"line of the B<translated> document, it actually operates on the internal "
+"data string of the translated document. This internal data string may be a "
+"text spanning a paragraph containing multiple lines or may be a XML tag "
+"itself alone. The exact I<insertion point> of the addendum must be before or "
+"after the internal data string and can not be within the internal data "
+"string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:110
+msgid ""
+"Pass the C<-vv> argument to B<po4a> to understand how the addenda are added "
+"to the translation. It may also help to run B<po4a> in debug mode to see the "
+"actual internal data string when your addendum does not apply."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:111
+msgid "Addenda examples"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:112
+msgid "If you want to add something after the following nroff section:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:113
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  .SH \"AUTHORS\"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:114
+msgid ""
+"You should select a two-step approach by setting B<mode=after>. Then you "
+"should narrow down search to the line after B<AUTHORS> with the B<position> "
+"argument regex. Then, you should match the beginning of the next section (i."
+"e., B<^\\.SH>) with the B<beginboundary> argument regex. That is to say:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:115
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=AUTHORS;beginboundary=\\.SH\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:116
+msgid ""
+"If you want to add something right after a given line (e.g. after the line "
+"\"Copyright Big Dude\"), use a B<position> matching this line, B<mode=after> "
+"and give a B<beginboundary> matching any line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:117
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=Copyright Big Dude, 2004;beginboundary=^\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:118
+msgid ""
+"If you want to add something at the end of the document, give a B<position> "
+"matching any line of your document (but only one line. Po4a won't proceed if "
+"it's not unique), and give an B<endboundary> matching nothing. Don't use "
+"simple strings here like B<\"EOF\">, but prefer those which have less chance "
+"to be in your document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:119
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=About this document;beginboundary=FakePo4aBoundary\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head3
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:120
+msgid "More detailed example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:121
+msgid "Original document (POD formatted):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:122
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" |=head1 NAME\n"
+" |\n"
+" |dummy - a dummy program\n"
+" |\n"
+" |=head1 AUTHOR\n"
+" |\n"
+" |me\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:123
+msgid ""
+"Then, the following addendum will ensure that a section (in French) about "
+"the translator is added at the end of the file (in French, \"TRADUCTEUR\" "
+"means \"TRANSLATOR\", and \"moi\" means \"me\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:124
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" |PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=AUTEUR;beginboundary=^=head\n"
+" |\n"
+" |=head1 TRADUCTEUR\n"
+" |\n"
+" |moi\n"
+" |\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:125
+msgid "To put your addendum before the AUTHOR, use the following header:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:126
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=NOM;beginboundary=^=head1\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:127
+msgid ""
+"This works because the next line matching the B<beginboundary> C</^=head1/> "
+"after the section \"NAME\" (translated to \"NOM\" in French), is the one "
+"declaring the authors. So, the addendum will be put between both sections. "
+"Note that if another section is added between NAME and AUTHOR sections "
+"later, po4a will wrongfully put the addenda before the new section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:128
+msgid "To avoid this you may accomplish the same using B<mode>=I<before>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:129
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^=head1 AUTEUR\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:130
+msgid "How does it work?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:131
+msgid ""
+"This chapter gives you a brief overview of the po4a internals, so that you "
+"may feel more confident to help us to maintain and to improve it. It may "
+"also help you to understand why it does not do what you expected, and how to "
+"solve your problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:132
+msgid "TransTractors and project architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:133
+msgid ""
+"At the core of the po4a project, the L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|"
+"TransTractor> class is the common ancestor to all po4a parsers. This strange "
+"name comes from the fact that it is at the same time in charge of "
+"translating document and extracting strings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:134
+msgid ""
+"More formally, it takes a document to translate plus a PO file containing "
+"the translations to use as input while producing two separate outputs: "
+"Another PO file (resulting of the extraction of translatable strings from "
+"the input document), and a translated document (with the same structure as "
+"the input one, but with all translatable strings replaced with content of "
+"the input PO). Here is a graphical representation of this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:135
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"   Input document --\\                             /---> Output document\n"
+"                     \\      TransTractor::       /       (translated)\n"
+"                      +-->--   parse()  --------+\n"
+"                     /                           \\\n"
+"   Input PO --------/                             \\---> Output PO\n"
+"                                                       (extracted)\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:136
+msgid ""
+"This little bone is the core of all the po4a architecture. If you provide "
+"both input and disregard the output PO, you get B<po4a-translate>. If you "
+"disregard the output document instead, you get B<po4a-updatepo>. The B<po4a> "
+"uses a first TransTractor to get an up-to-date output POT file (disregarding "
+"the output documents), calls B<msgmerge -U> to update the translation PO "
+"files on disk, and builds a second TransTractor with these updated PO files "
+"to update the output documents. In short, B<po4a> provides one-stop solution "
+"to update what needs to be, using a single configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:137
+msgid ""
+"B<po4a-gettextize> also uses two TransTractors, but another way: It builds "
+"one TransTractor per language, and then build a new PO file using the msgids "
+"of the original document as msgids, and the msgids of the translated "
+"document as msgstrs. Much care is needed to ensure that the strings matched "
+"this way actually match, as described in L<po4a-gettextize(1)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:138
+msgid "Format-specific parsers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:139
+msgid ""
+"All po4a format parsers are implemented on top of the TransTractor. Some of "
+"them are very simple, such as the Text, Markdown and AsciiDoc ones. They "
+"load the lines one by one using C<TransTractor::shiftline()>, accumulate the "
+"paragraphs' content or whatever. Once a string is completely parsed, the "
+"parser uses C<TransTractor::translate()> to (1) add this string to the "
+"output PO file and (2) get the translation from the input PO file. The "
+"parser then pushes the result to the output file using C<TransTractor::"
+"pushline()>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:140
+msgid ""
+"Some other parsers are more complex because they rely on an external parser "
+"to analyze the input document. The Xml, HTML, SGML and Pod parsers are built "
+"on top of SAX parsers. They declare callbacks to events such as \"I found a "
+"new title which content is the following\" to update the output document and "
+"output POT files according to the input content using C<TransTractor::"
+"translate()> and C<TransTractor::pushline()>. The Yaml parser is similar but "
+"different: it serializes a data structure produced by the YAML::Tiny parser. "
+"This is why the Yaml module of po4a fails to declare the reference lines: "
+"the location of each string in the input file is not kept by the parser, so "
+"we can only provide \"$filename:1\" as a string location. The SAX-oriented "
+"parsers use globals and other tricks to save the file name and line numbers "
+"of references."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:141
+msgid ""
+"One specific issue arises from file encodings and BOM markers. Simple "
+"parsers can forget about this issue, that is handled by C<TransTractor::"
+"read()> (used internally to get the lines of an input document), but the "
+"modules relying on an external parser must ensure that all files are read "
+"with an appropriate PerlIO decoding layer. The easiest is to open the file "
+"yourself, and provide an filehandle or directly the full string to your "
+"external parser. Check on C<Pod::read()> and C<Pod::parse()> for an example. "
+"The content read by the TransTractor is ignored, but a fresh filehandle is "
+"passed to the external parser. The important part is the C<< \"<:"
+"encoding($charset)\" >> mode that is passed to the B<open()> perl function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:142
+msgid "Po objects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:143
+msgid ""
+"The L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)|Po> class is in charge of loading and using PO "
+"and POT files. Basically, you can read a file, add entries, get translations "
+"with the B<gettext()> method, write the PO into a file. More advanced "
+"features such as merging a PO file against a POT file or validating a file "
+"are delegated to B<msgmerge> and B<msgfmt> respectively."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:144
+msgid "Contributing to po4a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:145
+msgid ""
+"Even if you have never contributed to any Open Source project in the past, "
+"you are welcome: we are willing to help and mentor you here. po4a is best "
+"maintained by its users nowadays. As we lack manpower, we try to make the "
+"project welcoming by improving the doc and the automatic tests to make you "
+"confident in contributing to the project. Please refer to the CONTRIBUTING."
+"md file for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:146
+msgid "Open-source projects using po4a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:147
+msgid ""
+"Here is a very partial list of projects that use po4a in production for "
+"their documentation. If you want to add your project to the list, just drop "
+"us an email (or a Merge Request)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:148
+msgid "adduser (man): users and groups management tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:149
+msgid "apt (man, docbook): Debian package manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:150
+msgid "aptitude (docbook, svg): terminal-based package manager for Debian"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:151
+msgid ""
+"L<F-Droid website|https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website> (markdown): "
+"installable catalog of FOSS (Free and Open Source Software) applications for "
+"the Android platform."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:152
+msgid ""
+"L<git|https://github.com/jnavila/git-manpages-l10n> (asciidoc): distributed "
+"version-control system for tracking changes in source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:153
+msgid ""
+"L<Linux manpages|https://salsa.debian.org/manpages-l10n-team/manpages-l10n> "
+"(man)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:154
+msgid ""
+"This project provides an infrastructure for translating many manpages to "
+"different languages, ready for integration into several major distributions "
+"(Arch Linux, Debian and derivatives, Fedora)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:155
+msgid ""
+"L<Stellarium|https://github.com/Stellarium/stellarium> (HTML): a free open "
+"source planetarium for your computer. po4a is used to translate the sky "
+"culture descriptions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:156
+msgid ""
+"L<Jamulus|https://jamulus.io/> (markdown, yaml, HTML): a FOSS application "
+"for online jamming in real time. The website documentation is maintained in "
+"multiple languages using po4a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:157
+msgid ""
+"Other item to sort out: L<https://gitlab.com/fdroid/fdroid-website/> "
+"L<https://github.com/fsfe/reuse-docs/pull/61>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:158
+msgid "FAQ"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:159
+msgid "How do you pronounce po4a?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:160
+msgid ""
+"I personally vocalize it as L<pouah|https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/pouah>, "
+"which is a French onomatopoetic that we use in place of yuck :) I may have a "
+"strange sense of humor :)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:161
+msgid "Why are the individual scripts deprecated?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:162
+msgid ""
+"Indeed, B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-translate> are deprecated in favor of "
+"B<po4a>. The reason is that while B<po4a> can be used as a drop-in "
+"replacement to these scripts, there is quite a lot of code duplication here. "
+"Individual scripts last around 150 lines of codes while the B<po4a> program "
+"lasts 1200 lines, so they do a lot in addition of the common internals. The "
+"code duplication results in bugs occuring in both versions and needing two "
+"fixes. One example of such duplication are the bugs #1022216 in Debian and "
+"the issue #442 in GitHub that had the exact same fix, but one in B<po4a> and "
+"the other B<po4a-updatepo>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:163
+msgid ""
+"In the long run, I would like to drop the individual scripts and only "
+"maintain one version of this code. The sure thing is that the individual "
+"scripts will not get improved anymore, so only B<po4a> will get the new "
+"features. That being said, there is no deprecation urgency. I plan to keep "
+"the individual scripts as long as possible, and at least until 2030. If your "
+"project still use B<po4a-updatepo> and B<po4a-translate> in 2030, you may "
+"have a problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:164
+msgid ""
+"We may also remove the deprecation of these scripts at some point, if a "
+"refactoring reduces the code duplication to zero. If you have an idea (or "
+"better: a patch), your help is welcome."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:165
+msgid "What about the other translation tools for documentation using gettext?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:166
+msgid ""
+"There are a few of them. Here is a possibly incomplete list, and more tools "
+"are coming at the horizon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:167
+msgid "B<poxml>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:168
+msgid ""
+"This is the tool developed by KDE people to handle DocBook XML. AFAIK, it "
+"was the first program to extract strings to translate from documentation to "
+"PO files, and inject them back after translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:169
+msgid ""
+"It can only handle XML, and only a particular DTD. I'm quite unhappy with "
+"the handling of lists, which end in one big msgid. When the list become big, "
+"the chunk becomes harder to swallow."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:170
+msgid "B<po-debiandoc>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:171
+msgid ""
+"This program done by Denis Barbier is a sort of precursor of the po4a SGML "
+"module, which more or less deprecates it. As the name says, it handles only "
+"the DebianDoc DTD, which is more or less a deprecated DTD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:172
+msgid "B<xml2po.py>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:173
+msgid ""
+"Used by the GIMP Documentation Team since 2004, works quite well even if, as "
+"the name suggests, only with XML files and needs specially configured "
+"makefiles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:174
+msgid "B<Sphinx>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:175
+msgid ""
+"The Sphinx Documentation Project also uses gettext extensively to manage its "
+"translations. Unfortunately, it works only for a few text formats, rest and "
+"markdown, although it is perhaps the only tool that does this managing the "
+"whole translation process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:176
+msgid ""
+"The main advantages of po4a over them are the ease of extra content addition "
+"(which is even worse there) and the ability to achieve gettextization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:177
+msgid "SUMMARY of the advantages of the gettext based approach"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:178
+msgid ""
+"The translations are not stored along with the original, which makes it "
+"possible to detect if translations become out of date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:179
+msgid ""
+"The translations are stored in separate files from each other, which "
+"prevents translators of different languages from interfering, both when "
+"submitting their patch and at the file encoding level."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:180
+msgid ""
+"It is based internally on B<gettext> (but B<po4a> offers a very simple "
+"interface so that you don't need to understand the internals to use it).  "
+"That way, we don't have to re-implement the wheel, and because of their wide "
+"use, we can think that these tools are more or less bug free."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:181
+msgid ""
+"Nothing changed for the end-user (beside the fact translations will "
+"hopefully be better maintained). The resulting documentation file "
+"distributed is exactly the same."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:182
+msgid ""
+"No need for translators to learn a new file syntax and their favorite PO "
+"file editor (like Emacs' PO mode, Lokalize or Gtranslator) will work just "
+"fine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:183
+msgid ""
+"gettext offers a simple way to get statistics about what is done, what "
+"should be reviewed and updated, and what is still to do. Some example can be "
+"found at those addresses:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:184
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" - https://docs.kde.org/stable5/en/kdesdk/lokalize/project-view.html\n"
+" - http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:185
+msgid ""
+"But everything isn't green, and this approach also has some disadvantages we "
+"have to deal with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:186
+msgid "Addenda are somewhat strange at the first glance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:187
+msgid ""
+"You can't adapt the translated text to your preferences, like splitting a "
+"paragraph here, and joining two other ones there. But in some sense, if "
+"there is an issue with the original, it should be reported as a bug anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:188
+msgid ""
+"Even with an easy interface, it remains a new tool people have to learn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:189
+msgid ""
+"One of my dreams would be to integrate somehow po4a to Gtranslator or "
+"Lokalize. When a documentation file is opened, the strings are automatically "
+"extracted, and a translated file + po file can be written to disk. If we "
+"manage to do an MS Word (TM) module (or at least RTF) professional "
+"translators may even use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:191
+msgid ""
+"The documentation of the all-in-one tool that you should use: L<po4a(1)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:192
+msgid ""
+"The documentation of the individual po4a scripts: L<po4a-gettextize(1)>, "
+"L<po4a-updatepo(1)>, L<po4a-translate(1)>, L<po4a-normalize(1)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:193
+msgid ""
+"The additional helping scripts: L<msguntypot(1)>, L<po4a-display-man(1)>, "
+"L<po4a-display-pod(1)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:194
+msgid ""
+"The parsers of each formats, in particular to see the options accepted by "
+"each of them: L<Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc(3pm)> L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::BibTeX(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::"
+"Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"Xml(3pm)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:195
+msgid ""
+"The implementation of the core infrastructure: L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"TransTractor(3pm)> (particularly important to understand the code "
+"organization), L<Locale::Po4a::Chooser(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Common(3pm)>. Please also check the F<CONTRIBUTING.md> file "
+"in the source tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: doc/po4a.7.pod:197
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Denis Barbier <barbier,linuxfr.org>\n"
+" Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc - convert AsciiDoc documents from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::AsciiDoc is a module to help the translation of documentation "
+"in the AsciiDoc format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:6 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:13
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:10
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:6 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:9
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:7
+msgid "OPTIONS ACCEPTED BY THIS MODULE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:35
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:11
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:8
+msgid "These are this module's particular options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:21
+msgid "B<definitions>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:22
+msgid ""
+"The name of a file containing definitions for po4a, as defined in the "
+"B<INLINE CUSTOMIZATION> section.  You can use this option if it is not "
+"possible to put the definitions in the document being translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"In a definitions file, lines must not start by two slashes, but directly by "
+"B<po4a:>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:11
+msgid "B<entry>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:12
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of attribute entries you want to translate.  By "
+"default, no attribute entries are translatable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:13
+msgid "B<macro>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:14
+msgid "Space-separated list of macro definitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:15
+msgid "B<style>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:16
+msgid "Space-separated list of style definitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:17
+msgid "B<forcewrap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:18
+msgid ""
+"Enable automatic line wrapping in non-verbatim blocks, even if the result "
+"could be misinterpreted by AsciiDoc formatters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:19
+msgid ""
+"By default, po4a will not wrap the produced AsciiDoc files because a manual "
+"inspection is mandated to ensure that the wrapping does not change the "
+"formatting. Consider for instance the following list item:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" * a long sentence that is ending with a number 1. A second sentence.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:21
+msgid ""
+"If the wrapping leads to the following presentation, the item is split into "
+"a numbered sub-list. To make things worse, only the speakers of the language "
+"used in the translation can inspect the situation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:22
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" * a long sentence that is ending with a number\n"
+"   1. A second sentence.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"Note that not wrapping the files produced by po4a should not be a problem "
+"since those files are meant to be processed automatically.  They should not "
+"be regarded as source files anyway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:24
+msgid ""
+"With this option, po4a will produce better-looking AsciiDoc files, but it "
+"may lead to possibly erroneous formatted outputs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:25
+msgid "B<noimagetargets>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:26
+msgid ""
+"By default, the targets of block images are translatable to give opportunity "
+"to make the content point to translated images. This can be stopped by "
+"setting this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:27
+msgid "B<tablecells>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:28
+msgid ""
+"This option is a flag that enables sub-table segmentation into cell "
+"content.  The segmentation is limited to cell content, without any parsing "
+"inside of it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:29
+msgid "B<compat>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:30
+msgid ""
+"Switch parsing rules to compatibility with different tools. Available "
+"options are \"asciidoc\" or \"asciidoctor\". Asciidoctor has stricter "
+"parsing rules, such as equality of length of opening and closing block "
+"fences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:31
+msgid "B<nolinting>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:32
+msgid ""
+"Disable linting messages. When the source code cannot be fixed for clearer "
+"document structure, these messages are useless."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:33
+msgid "B<cleanspaces>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:34
+msgid ""
+"Remove extra spaces from the source segments in no-wrap mode. This is useful "
+"when the translation tools are sensitive to the number of spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:35
+msgid "B<yfm_keys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:31
+msgid ""
+"Comma-separated list of keys to process for translation in the YAML Front "
+"Matter section. All other keys are skipped. Keys are matched with a case-"
+"sensitive match. If B<yfm_paths> and B<yfm_keys> are used together, values "
+"are included if they are matched by at least one of the options. Array "
+"values are always translated, unless the B<yfm_skip_array> option is "
+"provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:37
+msgid "B<yfm_skip_array>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:38 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:38
+msgid "Do not translate array values in the YAML Front Matter section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:39 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:35
+msgid "B<yfm_paths>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:40 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:36
+msgid ""
+"Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction in the YAML "
+"Front Matter section, all other paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a "
+"case-sensitive match. If B<yfm_paths> and B<yfm_keys> are used together, "
+"values are included if they are matched by at least one of the options.  "
+"Arrays values are always returned unless the B<yfm_skip_array> option is "
+"provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:41 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:27
+msgid "INLINE CUSTOMIZATION"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:42
+msgid ""
+"The AsciiDoc module can be customized with lines starting by B<//po4a:>.  "
+"These lines are interpreted as commands to the parser.  The following "
+"commands are recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:43
+msgid "B<//po4a: macro >I<name>B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:44
+msgid ""
+"This describes in detail the parameters of a B<macro>; I<name> must be a "
+"valid macro name, and it ends with an underscore if the target must be "
+"translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:45
+msgid ""
+"The I<attribute list> argument is a comma separated list which contains "
+"information about translatable arguments.  This list contains either "
+"numbers, to define positional parameters, or named attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:46
+msgid ""
+"If a plus sign (B<+>) is prepended to I<name>, then the macro and its "
+"arguments are translated as a whole.  There is no need to define attribute "
+"list in this case, but brackets must be present."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:47
+msgid "B<//po4a: style >B<[>I<attribute list>B<]>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:48
+msgid ""
+"This describes in detail which attributes of a style must be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:49
+msgid ""
+"The I<attribute list> argument is a comma separated list which contains "
+"information about translatable arguments.  This list contains either "
+"numbers, to define positional parameters, or named attributes.  The first "
+"attribute is the style name, it will not be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:50
+msgid ""
+"If a plus sign (B<+>) is prepended to the style name, then the attribute "
+"list is translated as a whole.  There is no need to define translatable "
+"attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:51
+msgid ""
+"If a minus sign (B<->) is prepended to the style name, then this attribute "
+"is not translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:52
+msgid "B<//po4a: entry >I<name>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:53
+msgid ""
+"This declares an attribute entry as being translatable.  By default, they "
+"are not translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:54 lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:9
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:10 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:6
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:7
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:5 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:96
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:6
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:34 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:104
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:43
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:12
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:181
+msgid "STATUS OF THIS MODULE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:55
+msgid "Tested successfully on simple AsciiDoc files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:57
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+" Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/AsciiDoc.pm:59
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n"
+" Copyright © 2012 Denis BARBIER <barbier@linuxfr.org>.\n"
+" Copyright © 2017 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::BibTeX - convert BibTeX documents from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::BibTeX is a module to help the translation of bibliographies "
+"in the BibTeX format into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:6
+msgid "Fields values are extracted and proposed for translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:8 lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:8
+msgid "NONE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:10
+msgid "It is a very simple module, but still young."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:17
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:121
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:17 lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:46
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/BibTeX.pm:14
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2006 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Chooser - manage po4a modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:4
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Chooser is a module to manage po4a modules. Previously, all "
+"po4a binaries used to know all po4a modules (pod, man, sgml, etc). This made "
+"the addition of a new module boring, because you had to make sure that the "
+"documentation is synchronized in all modules, and that each of them can "
+"access the new module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Now, you just have to call the Locale::Po4a::Chooser::new() function, "
+"passing the name of module as argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"The function Locale::Po4a::Chooser::list() lists the available formats, and "
+"exits with the value passed as argument. So, we call Locale::Po4a::Chooser::"
+"list(0) when requested for the list of formats, and Locale::Po4a::Chooser::"
+"list(1) when passed an invalid format name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:8
+msgid "About po4a:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Po(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|"
+"po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:10
+msgid "About modules:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:11
+msgid ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Dia(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"Guide(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Halibut(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Ini(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::"
+"Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Sgml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"Texinfo(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Text(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Wml(3pm)>.  "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Xhtml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"Wml(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Yaml(3pm)>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:10
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:94 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:24
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:57
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n"
+" Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Chooser.pm:15
+msgid "Copyright © 2002-2005, 2014, 2017 SPI, Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Common - common parts of the po4a scripts and utils"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:4
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Common contains common parts of the po4a scripts and some "
+"useful functions used along the other modules."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:5
+msgid "If needed, you can disable the use of Text::WrapI18N as such:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    use Locale::Po4a::Common qw(nowrapi18n);\n"
+"    use Locale::Po4a::Text;\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:7
+msgid "instead of:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    use Locale::Po4a::Text;\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"The ordering is important here: as most Locale::Po4a modules load themselves "
+"Locale::Po4a::Common, the first time this module is loaded determines "
+"whether Text::WrapI18N is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:10
+msgid "FUNCTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:11
+msgid "Showing output messages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:12
+msgid "show_version($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:13
+msgid ""
+"Shows the current version of the script, and a short copyright message. It "
+"takes the name of the script as an argument."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:14
+msgid "wrap_msg($@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:15
+msgid ""
+"This function displays a message the same way as sprintf() does, but wraps "
+"the result so that they look nice on the terminal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:16
+msgid "wrap_mod($$@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:17
+msgid ""
+"This function works like wrap_msg(), but it takes a module name as the first "
+"argument, and leaves a space at the left of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:18
+msgid "wrap_ref_mod($$$@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:19
+msgid ""
+"This function works like wrap_msg(), but it takes a file:line reference as "
+"the first argument, a module name as the second one, and leaves a space at "
+"the left of the message."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:20
+msgid "Wrappers for other modules"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:21
+msgid "Locale::Gettext"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:22
+msgid ""
+"When the Locale::Gettext module cannot be loaded, this module provide dummy "
+"(empty) implementation of the following functions. In that case, po4a "
+"messages won't get translated but the program will continue to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"If Locale::gettext is present, this wrapper also calls "
+"setlocale(LC_MESSAGES, \"\") so callers don't depend on the POSIX module "
+"either."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:24
+msgid "bindtextdomain($$)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:25
+msgid "textdomain($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:26
+msgid "gettext($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:27
+msgid "dgettext($$)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:29 lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:15
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:13
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Common.pm:31
+msgid "Copyright © 2005 SPI, Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Dia - convert uncompressed Dia diagrams from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Dia is a module to help the translation of diagrams in the "
+"uncompressed Dia format into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"You can get Dia (the graphical editor for these diagrams) from:\n"
+"  http://www.gnome.org/projects/dia/\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:7
+msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::DIA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:8
+msgid ""
+"This module only translates uncompressed Dia diagrams.  You can save your "
+"uncompressed diagrams with Dia itself, unchecking the \"Compress diagram "
+"files\" at the \"Save Diagram\" dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:9
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Another way is to uncompress the dia files from command line with:\n"
+"  gunzip < original.dia > uncompressed.dia\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:11
+msgid ""
+"This module is fully functional, as it relies in the L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> "
+"module. This only defines the translatable tags (E<lt>dia:stringE<gt>), and "
+"filters the internal strings (the content of the E<lt>dia:diagramdataE<gt> "
+"tag), not interesting for translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:16
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:11 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:16
+msgid ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Xml(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|"
+"po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Dia.pm:17 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:15
+msgid "Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Docbook - convert DocBook XML documents from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Docbook is a module to help the translation of DocBook XML "
+"documents into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:8
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:13
+msgid ""
+"This module is fully functional, as it relies in the L<Locale::Po4a::Xml> "
+"module. This only defines the translatable tags and attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:8
+msgid ""
+"The only known issue is that it doesn't handle entities yet, and this "
+"includes the file inclusion entities, but you can translate most of those "
+"files alone (except the typical entities files), and it's usually better to "
+"maintain them separated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:106
+msgid "OVERRIDE THE DEFAULT BEHAVIOR WITH COMMAND LINE OPTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"The default behavior of system provided modules is set to be on the safe "
+"side."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:11
+msgid ""
+"For example, the default of B<< <author> >> tag is aiming it to appear under "
+"B<< <para> >>.  But you may be using it only under B<< <bookinfo> >>.  For "
+"this case, you may want to translate it independently for each author."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:12
+msgid ""
+"If you don't like the default behavior of the xml module and its derivative "
+"modules, you can provide command line options to change their behavior.  For "
+"example, you can add the following to the po4a configuration file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:13
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  opt:\"-k 0 -o nodefault=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n"
+"            -o break=\\\"<bookinfo> <author>\\\" \\\n"
+"            -o untranslated=\\\"<bookinfo>\\\" \\\n"
+"            -o translated=\\\"<author>\\\"\"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:14
+msgid ""
+"This overrides the default behavior for B<< <bookinfo> >> and B<< <author> "
+">>, set B<< <bookinfo> >> and B<< <author> >> to break input data stream on "
+"these tags, set B<< <bookinfo> >> not to translate its tagged content, and "
+"set B<< <author> >> to translate its tagged content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Docbook.pm:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta  <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+" Copyright © 2007-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Guide - convert Guide XML documents from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Guide is a module to help in the translation of the Gentoo "
+"Linux documentation in the Guide XML format into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"This format is documented here: http://www.gentoo.org/doc/en/xml-guide.xml"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Guide.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"The only known issue is that it doesn't include files with the <include "
+"href=\"...\"> tag, but you can translate all those files alone, and it's "
+"usually better to have them separated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:2
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Halibut - convert Halibut documents and derivates from/to PO "
+"files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Halibut is a module to help the translation of Halibut "
+"documents into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"This module contains the definitions of common Halibut commands and "
+"environments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:8
+msgid "This module is still beta.  Please send feedback and feature requests."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:9
+msgid "CAVEAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"Some constructs are badly supported. The known ones are documented below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:11
+msgid "Verbatim blocks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:12
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  \\c foo\n"
+"  \\c bar\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:13
+msgid ""
+"The verbatim block is not considered as a whole. Each line will be "
+"translated separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:15 lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:9
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:15
+msgid ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Halibut.pm:19
+msgid ""
+"Copyright © 2004-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Ini - convert INI files from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:4
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Ini is a module to help the translation of INI files into "
+"other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"The module searches for lines of the following format and extracts the "
+"quoted text:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:6
+msgid "identificator=\"text than can be translated\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:7
+msgid "NOTE: If the text is not quoted, it will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:9 lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:16
+msgid "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:11
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Razvan Rusu <rrusu@bitdefender.com>\n"
+" Costin Stroie <cstroie@bitdefender.com>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Ini.pm:13
+msgid "Copyright © 2006 BitDefender"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:2
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp - convert kernel configuration help from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:4
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::KernelHelp is a module to help the translation of "
+"documentation for the Linux kernel configuration options into other [human] "
+"languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"This module is just written, and needs more tests. Most of the needed work "
+"will concern the tools used to parse this file (and configure the kernel), "
+"so that they accept to read the documentation from another (translated)  "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:8
+msgid ""
+"L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, "
+"L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/KernelHelp.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:26
+msgid "Copyright © 2002 SPI, Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:2
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::LaTeX - convert LaTeX documents and derivates from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::LaTeX is a module to help the translation of LaTeX documents "
+"into other [human] languages. It can also be used as a base to build modules "
+"for LaTeX-based documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"This module contains the definitions of common LaTeX commands and "
+"environments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:7
+msgid ""
+"See the L<Locale::Po4a::TeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TeX> manpage for the list of "
+"recognized options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/LaTeX.pm:13 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:123
+msgid ""
+"Copyright © 2004, 2005 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Man - convert manual pages from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Man is a module to help the translation of documentation in "
+"the nroff format (the language of manual pages) into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:6
+msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::MAN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:7
+msgid ""
+"This module tries pretty hard to make translator's life easier. For that, "
+"the text presented to translators isn't a verbatim copy of the text found in "
+"the man page. Indeed, the cruder parts of the nroff format are hidden, so "
+"that translators can't mess up with them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:8
+msgid "Text wrapping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"Unindented paragraphs are automatically rewrapped for the translator.  This "
+"can lead to some minor difference in the generated output, since the "
+"rewrapping rules used by groff aren't very clear. For example, two spaces "
+"after a parenthesis are sometimes preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"Anyway, the difference will only be about the position of the extra spaces "
+"in wrapped paragraph, and I think it's worth."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:11
+msgid "Font specification"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:12
+msgid ""
+"The first change is about font change specifications.  In nroff, there are "
+"several ways to specify if a given word should be written in small, bold or "
+"italics. In the text to translate, there is only one way, borrowed from the "
+"POD (Perl online documentation) format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:13
+msgid "IE<lt>textE<gt> -- italic text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:14
+msgid "equivalent to \\fItext\\fP or \".I text\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:15
+msgid "BE<lt>textE<gt> -- bold text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:16
+msgid "equivalent to \\fBtext\\fP or \".B text\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:17
+msgid "RE<lt>textE<gt> -- roman text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:18
+msgid "equivalent to \\fRtext\\fP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:19
+msgid "CWE<lt>textE<gt> -- constant width text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:20
+msgid "equivalent to \\f(CWtext\\fP or \".CW text\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:21
+msgid ""
+"Remark: The CW face is not available for all groff devices. It is not "
+"recommended to use it. It is provided for your convenience."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:22
+msgid "Automatic characters transliteration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"Po4a automatically transliterate some characters to ease the translation or "
+"the review of the translation.  Here is the list of the transliterations:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:24
+msgid "hyphens"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:25
+msgid ""
+"Hyphens (-) and minus signs (\\-) in man pages are all transliterated as "
+"simple dashes (-) in the PO file.  Then all dash are transliterated into "
+"roff minus signs (\\-) when the translation is inserted into the output "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:26
+msgid ""
+"Translators can force an hyphen by using the roff glyph '\\[hy]' in their "
+"translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:27
+msgid "non-breaking spaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:28
+msgid ""
+"Translators can use non-breaking spaces in their translations.  These non-"
+"breaking spaces (0xA0 in latin1) will be transliterated into a roff non-"
+"breaking space ('\\ ')."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:29
+msgid "quotes transliterations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:30
+msgid "`` and '' are respectively tranliterated into \\*(lq and \\*(rq."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:31
+msgid ""
+"To avoid these transliterations, translators can insert a zero width roff "
+"character (i.e., using `\\&` or '\\&' respectively)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:32
+msgid "Putting 'E<lt>' and 'E<gt>' in translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:33
+msgid ""
+"Since these chars are used to delimit parts under font modification, you "
+"can't use them verbatim. Use EE<lt>ltE<gt> and EE<lt>gtE<gt> instead (as in "
+"POD, one more time)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:8
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:13
+msgid "B<debug>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:37 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:14
+msgid ""
+"Activate debugging for some internal mechanisms of this module.  Use the "
+"source to see which parts can be debugged."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:38 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:10
+msgid "B<verbose>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:39
+msgid "Increase verbosity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:40
+msgid "B<groff_code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:41
+msgid ""
+"This option controls the behavior of the module when it encounter a .de, .ie "
+"or .if section. It can take the following values:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:42 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:27
+msgid "I<fail>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:43
+msgid ""
+"This is the default value.  The module will fail when a .de, .ie or .if "
+"section is encountered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:44
+msgid "I<verbatim>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:45
+msgid ""
+"Indicates that the .de, .ie or .if sections must be copied as is from the "
+"original to the translated document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:46
+msgid "I<translate>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:47
+msgid ""
+"Indicates that the .de, .ie or .if sections will be proposed for the "
+"translation.  You should only use this option if a translatable string is "
+"contained in one of these section. Otherwise, I<verbatim> should be "
+"preferred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:48
+msgid "B<generated>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:49
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies that the file was generated, and that po4a should not "
+"try to detect if the man pages was generated from another format.  This "
+"option is mandatory to use po4a on generated man pages.  Note that "
+"translating generated pages instead of sources ones is often more fragile, "
+"and thus a bad idea."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:50
+msgid "B<mdoc>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:51
+msgid "This option is only useful for mdoc pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:52
+msgid ""
+"It selects a stricter support of the mdoc format by telling po4a not to "
+"translate the 'NAME' section.  mdoc pages whose 'NAME' section is translated "
+"won't generate any header or footer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:53
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"According to the groff_mdoc page, the NAME, SYNOPSIS and DESCRIPTION\n"
+"sections are mandatory.\n"
+"There are no known issues with translated SYNOPSIS or DESCRIPTION section,\n"
+"but you can also specify these sections this way:\n"
+" -o mdoc=NAME,SYNOPSIS,DESCRIPTION\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:54
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"This mdoc issue can also be solved with an addendum like this one:\n"
+" PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^.Dd\n"
+" .TH DOCUMENT_TITLE 1 \"Month day, year\" OS \"Section Name\"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:55
+msgid ""
+"The following options specify the behavior of a user-defined macro (with a ."
+"de request), or of a classical macro that is not supported by po4a.  They "
+"take as argument a comma-separated list of macros.  For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:56
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" -o noarg=FO,OB,AR -o translate_joined=BA,ZQ,UX\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:57
+msgid ""
+"Note: if a macro is not supported by po4a and if you consider that it is a "
+"standard roff macro, you should submit it to the po4a development team."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:58 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:94
+msgid "B<untranslated>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:59
+msgid ""
+"B<untranslated> indicates that this macro (at its arguments) don't have to "
+"be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:60
+msgid "B<noarg>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:61
+msgid ""
+"B<noarg> is like B<untranslated>, except that po4a will verify that no "
+"argument is added to this macro."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:62
+msgid "B<translate_joined>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:63
+msgid ""
+"B<translate_joined> indicates that po4a must propose to translate the "
+"arguments of the macro."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:64
+msgid "B<translate_each>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:65
+msgid ""
+"With B<translate_each>, the arguments will also be proposed for the "
+"translation, except that each one will be translated separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:66 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:15
+msgid "B<no_wrap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:67
+msgid ""
+"This option takes as argument a list of comma-separated couples I<begin>:"
+"I<end>, where I<begin> and I<end> are commands that delimit the begin and "
+"end of a section that should not be rewrapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:68
+msgid ""
+"Note: no test is done to ensure that an I<end> command matches its I<begin> "
+"command; any ending command stop the no_wrap mode.  If you have a I<begin> "
+"(respectively I<end>) macro that has no I<end> (respectively I<begin>), you "
+"can specify an existing I<end> (like fi) or I<begin> (like nf) as a "
+"counterpart.  These macros (and their arguments) won't be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:69 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:59
+msgid "B<inline>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:70
+msgid ""
+"This option specifies a list of comma-separated macros that must not split "
+"the current paragraph. The string to translate will then contain I<foo E<lt>."
+"bar baz quxE<gt> quux>, where I<bar> is the command that should be inlined, "
+"and I<baz qux> its arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:71
+msgid "B<unknown_macros>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:72
+msgid ""
+"This option indicates how po4a should behave when an unknown macro is "
+"found.  By default, po4a fails with a warning.  It can take the following "
+"values: B<failed> (the default value), B<untranslated>, B<noarg>, "
+"B<translate_joined>, or B<translate_each> (see above for an explanation of "
+"these values)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:73
+msgid "AUTHORING MAN PAGES COMPLIANT WITH PO4A::MAN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:74
+msgid ""
+"This module is still very limited, and will always be, because it's not a "
+"real nroff interpreter. It would be possible to do a real nroff interpreter, "
+"to allow authors to use all the existing macros, or even to define new ones "
+"in their pages, but we didn't want to. It would be too difficult, and we "
+"thought it wasn't necessary. We do think that if manpages' authors want to "
+"see their productions translated, they may have to adapt to ease the work of "
+"translators."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:75
+msgid ""
+"So, the man parser implemented in po4a have some known limitations we are "
+"not really inclined to correct, and which will constitute some pitfalls "
+"you'll have to avoid if you want to see translators taking care of your "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:76
+msgid "Don't program in nroff"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:77
+msgid ""
+"nroff is a complete programming language, with macro definition, "
+"conditionals and so on. Since this parser isn't a fully featured nroff "
+"interpreter, it will fail on pages using these facilities (There are about "
+"200 such pages on my box)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:78
+msgid "Use the plain macro set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:79
+msgid ""
+"There are still some macros which are not supported by po4a::man. This is "
+"only because I failed to find any documentation about them. Here is the list "
+"of unsupported macros used on my box. Note that this list isn't exhaustive "
+"since the program fails on the first encountered unsupported macro. If you "
+"have any information about some of these macros, I'll happily add support "
+"for them. Because of these macros, about 250 pages on my box are "
+"inaccessible to po4a::man."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:80
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" ..               .\"              .AT             .b              .bank\n"
+" .BE              ..br            .Bu             .BUGS           .BY\n"
+" .ce              .dbmmanage      .do                             .En\n"
+" .EP              .EX             .Fi             .hw             .i\n"
+" .Id              .l              .LO             .mf\n"
+" .N               .na             .NF             .nh             .nl\n"
+" .Nm              .ns             .NXR            .OPTIONS        .PB\n"
+" .pp              .PR             .PRE            .PU             .REq\n"
+" .RH              .rn             .S<             .sh             .SI\n"
+" .splitfont       .Sx             .T              .TF             .The\n"
+" .TT              .UC             .ul             .Vb             .zZ\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:81
+msgid "Hiding text from po4a"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:82
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, the author knows that some parts are not translatable, and should "
+"not be extracted by po4a. For example, an option may accept an I<other> "
+"argument, and I<other> may also appear as the last item of a list. In the "
+"first case, I<other> should be not be translatable. And in the second case, "
+"I<other> should be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:83
+msgid ""
+"In such case, the author can avoid po4a to extract some strings, using some "
+"special groff constructs:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:84
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" .if !'po4a'hide' .B other\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:85
+msgid "(this will require the B<-o groff_code=verbatim> option)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:86
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"A new macro can also be defined to automate this:\n"
+" .de IR_untranslated\n"
+" .    IR \\\\$@\n"
+" ..\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:87 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:90
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" .IR_untranslated \\-q \", \" \\-\\-quiet\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:88
+msgid ""
+"(this will require the options B<-o groff_code=verbatim> and B<-o "
+"untranslated=IR_untranslated>; with this construct, the B<.if !'po4a'hide'> "
+"conditional is not strictly needed since po4a will not parse the internal of "
+"the macro definition)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:89
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"or using an alias:\n"
+" .als IR_untranslated IR\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:91
+msgid "This will require the B<-o untranslated=als,IR_untranslated> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:92
+msgid "Conclusion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:93
+msgid ""
+"To summarise this section, keep simple, and don't try to be clever while "
+"authoring your man pages. A lot of things are possible in nroff, and not "
+"supported by this parser. For example, don't try to mess with \\c to "
+"interrupt the text processing (like 40 pages on my box do). Or, be sure to "
+"put the macro arguments on the same line that the macro itself. I know that "
+"it's valid in nroff, but would complicate too much the parser to be handled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:94
+msgid ""
+"Of course, another possibility is to use another format, more translator "
+"friendly (like POD using po4a::pod, or one of the XML family like SGML), but "
+"thanks to po4a::man it isn't needed anymore. That being said, if the source "
+"format of your documentation is POD, or XML, it may be clever to translate "
+"the source format and not this generated one. In most cases, po4a::man will "
+"detect generated pages and issue a warning. It will even refuse to process "
+"POD generated pages, because those pages are perfectly handled by po4a::pod, "
+"and because their nroff counterpart defines a lot of new macros I didn't "
+"want to write support for. On my box, 1432 of the 4323 pages are generated "
+"from POD and will be ignored by po4a::man."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:95
+msgid ""
+"In most cases, po4a::man will detect the problem and refuse to process the "
+"page, issuing an adapted message. In some rare cases, the program will "
+"complete without warning, but the output will be wrong. Such cases are "
+"called \"bugs\" ;) If you encounter such case, be sure to report this, along "
+"with a fix when possible…"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:97
+msgid "This module can be used for most of the existing man pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:98
+msgid "Some tests are regularly run on Linux boxes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:99 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:101
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:103 lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:105
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:36 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:42
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:49
+msgid "*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:100
+msgid ""
+"one third of the pages are refused because they were generated from another "
+"format supported by po4a (e.g. POD or SGML)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:102
+msgid ""
+"10% of the remaining pages are rejected with an error (e.g. a groff macro is "
+"not supported)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:104
+msgid ""
+"Then, less than 1% of the pages are accepted silently by po4a, but with "
+"significant issues (i.e. missing words, or new words inserted)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:106
+msgid ""
+"The other pages are usually handled without differences more important than "
+"spacing differences or line rewrapped (font issues in less than 10% of the "
+"processed pages)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:108
+msgid ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::Pod(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|"
+"po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Man.pm:112
+msgid "Copyright © 2002-2008 SPI, Inc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Po - PO file manipulation module"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    use Locale::Po4a::Po;\n"
+"    my $pofile=Locale::Po4a::Po->new();\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    # Read PO file\n"
+"    $pofile->read('file.po');\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    # Add an entry\n"
+"    $pofile->push('msgid' => 'Hello', 'msgstr' => 'bonjour',\n"
+"                  'flags' => \"wrap\", 'reference'=>'file.c:46');\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:7
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    # Extract a translation\n"
+"    $pofile->gettext(\"Hello\"); # returns 'bonjour'\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:8
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    # Write back to a file\n"
+"    $pofile->write('otherfile.po');\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Po is a module that allows you to manipulate message catalogs. "
+"You can load and write from/to a file (which extension is often I<po>), you "
+"can build new entries on the fly or request for the translation of a string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:11
+msgid ""
+"For a more complete description of message catalogs in the PO format and "
+"their use, please refer to the info documentation of the gettext program "
+"(node \"`PO Files\"')."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:12
+msgid ""
+"This module is part of the po4a project, which objective is to use PO files "
+"(designed at origin to ease the translation of program messages) to "
+"translate everything, including documentation (man page, info manual), "
+"package description, debconf templates, and everything which may benefit "
+"from this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:28
+msgid "Functions concerning entire message catalogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:29
+msgid "new()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:30
+msgid ""
+"Creates a new message catalog. If an argument is provided, it's the name of "
+"a PO file we should load."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:31
+msgid "read($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:32
+msgid ""
+"Reads a PO file (which name is given as argument).  Previously existing "
+"entries in self are not removed, the new ones are added to the end of the "
+"catalog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:33 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:81
+msgid "write($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:34
+msgid "Writes the current catalog to the given file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:35
+msgid "write_if_needed($$)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:36
+msgid ""
+"Like write, but if the PO or POT file already exists, the object will be "
+"written in a temporary file which will be compared with the existing file to "
+"check if the update is needed (this avoids to change a POT just to update a "
+"line reference or the POT-Creation-Date field)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:37
+msgid "filter($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:38
+msgid ""
+"This function extracts a catalog from an existing one. Only the entries "
+"having a reference in the given file will be placed in the resulting catalog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:39
+msgid ""
+"This function parses its argument, converts it to a Perl function "
+"definition, evals this definition and filters the fields for which this "
+"function returns true."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:40
+msgid "I love Perl sometimes ;)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:41
+msgid "Functions to use a message catalog for translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:42
+msgid "gettext($%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:43
+msgid ""
+"Request the translation of the string given as argument in the current "
+"catalog.  The function returns the original (untranslated) string if the "
+"string was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:44
+msgid ""
+"After the string to translate, you can pass a hash of extra arguments. Here "
+"are the valid entries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:45 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:75
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:122 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:14
+msgid "B<wrap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:46
+msgid ""
+"boolean indicating whether we can consider that whitespaces in string are "
+"not important. If yes, the function canonizes the string before looking for "
+"a translation, and wraps the result."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:78
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:124
+msgid "B<wrapcol>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:48
+msgid "the column at which we should wrap (default: 76)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:49
+msgid "stats_get()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:50
+msgid ""
+"Returns statistics about the hit ratio of gettext since the last time that "
+"stats_clear() was called. Please note that it's not the same statistics than "
+"the one printed by msgfmt --statistic. Here, it's statistics about recent "
+"usage of the PO file, while msgfmt reports the status of the file.  Example "
+"of use:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:51
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    [some use of the PO file to translate stuff]\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:52
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $pofile->stats_get();\n"
+"    print \"So far, we found translations for $percent\\%  ($hit of $queries) of strings.\\n\";\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:53
+msgid "stats_clear()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:54
+msgid "Clears the statistics about gettext hits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:55
+msgid "Functions to build a message catalog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:56
+msgid "push(%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:57
+msgid ""
+"Push a new entry at the end of the current catalog. The arguments should "
+"form a hash table. The valid keys are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:58
+msgid "B<msgid>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:59
+msgid "the string in original language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:60
+msgid "B<msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:61
+msgid "the translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:62
+msgid "B<reference>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:63
+msgid ""
+"an indication of where this string was found. Example: file.c:46 (meaning in "
+"'file.c' at line 46). It can be a space-separated list in case of multiple "
+"occurrences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:64 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:127
+msgid "B<comment>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:65
+msgid ""
+"a comment added here manually (by the translators). The format here is free."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:66
+msgid "B<automatic>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:67
+msgid ""
+"a comment which was automatically added by the string extraction program. "
+"See the B<--add-comments> option of the B<xgettext> program for more "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:68
+msgid "B<flags>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:69
+msgid "space-separated list of all defined flags for this entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:70
+msgid ""
+"Valid flags are: B<c-text>, B<python-text>, B<lisp-text>, B<elisp-text>, "
+"B<librep-text>, B<smalltalk-text>, B<java-text>, B<awk-text>, B<object-"
+"pascal-text>, B<ycp-text>, B<tcl-text>, B<wrap>, B<no-wrap> and B<fuzzy>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:71
+msgid "See the gettext documentation for their meaning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:72
+msgid "B<type>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:73
+msgid ""
+"this is mostly an internal argument: it is used while gettextizing "
+"documents. The idea here is to parse both the original and the translation "
+"into a PO object, and merge them, using one's msgid as msgid and the other's "
+"msgid as msgstr. To make sure that things get ok, each msgid in PO objects "
+"are given a type, based on their structure (like \"chapt\", \"sect1\", \"p\" "
+"and so on in DocBook). If the types of strings are not the same, that means "
+"that both files do not share the same structure, and the process reports an "
+"error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:74
+msgid ""
+"This information is written as automatic comment in the PO file since this "
+"gives to translators some context about the strings to translate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:76
+msgid ""
+"boolean indicating whether whitespaces can be mangled in cosmetic "
+"reformattings. If true, the string is canonized before use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:77
+msgid ""
+"This information is written to the PO file using the B<wrap> or B<no-wrap> "
+"flag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:79
+msgid "ignored; the key is kept for backward computability."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:80
+msgid "Miscellaneous functions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:81
+msgid "count_entries()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:82
+msgid "Returns the number of entries in the catalog (without the header)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:83
+msgid "count_entries_doc()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:84
+msgid ""
+"Returns the number of entries in document. If a string appears multiple "
+"times in the document, it will be counted multiple times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:85
+msgid "msgid($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:86
+msgid "Returns the msgid of the given number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:87
+msgid "msgid_doc($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:88
+msgid "Returns the msgid with the given position in the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:89
+msgid "type_doc($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns the type of the msgid with the given position in the document. This "
+"is probably only useful to gettextization, and it's stored separately from "
+"{$msgid}{'type'} because the later location may be overwritten by another "
+"type when the $msgid is duplicated in the master document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:91
+msgid "get_charset()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Po.pm:92
+msgid ""
+"Returns the character set specified in the PO header. If it hasn't been set, "
+"it will return \"UTF-8\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Pod - convert POD data from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:4
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    use Locale::Po4a::Pod;\n"
+"    my $parser = Locale::Po4a::Pod->new();\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:5
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    # Read POD from STDIN and write to STDOUT.\n"
+"    $parser->parse_from_filehandle;\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:6
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    # Read POD from file.pod and write to file.txt.\n"
+"    $parser->parse_from_file ('file.pod', 'file.txt');\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:8
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Pod is a module to help the translation of documentation in "
+"the POD format (the preferred language for documenting Perl) into other "
+"[human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"I think that this module is rock stable, and there is only one known bug "
+"with F</usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod> (and some other pages, see below) "
+"which contains:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:11
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  C<\" #n\">\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:12
+msgid ""
+"Lack of luck, in the po4a version, this was split on the space by the "
+"wrapping. As result, in the original version, the man page contains:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:13
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" \" #n\"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:14
+msgid "and mine contains:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:15
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" \"\" #n\"\"\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:16
+msgid "which is logic since CE<lt>foobarE<gt> is rewritten \"foobar\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:17
+msgid ""
+"Complete list of pages having this problem on my box (from 564 pages; note "
+"that it depends on the chosen wrapping column):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:18
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" /usr/lib/perl5/Tk/MainWindow.pod\n"
+" /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/overload.pod\n"
+" /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlapi.pod\n"
+" /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perldelta.pod\n"
+" /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlfaq5.pod\n"
+" /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlpod.pod\n"
+" /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlre.pod\n"
+" /usr/share/perl/5.8.0/pod/perlretut.pod\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:19
+msgid "INTERNALS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:20
+msgid ""
+"As a derived class from Pod::Parser, Locale::Po4a::Pod supports the same "
+"methods and interfaces.  See L<Pod::Parser> for all the details; briefly, "
+"one creates a new parser with C<< Locale::Po4a::Pod->new() >> and then calls "
+"either parse_from_filehandle() or parse_from_file()."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Pod.pm:22
+msgid ""
+"L<Pod::Parser>, L<Locale::Po4a::Man(3pm)>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"TransTractor(3pm)>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc -- Convert Ruby Document data from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::RubyDoc is a module to help the translation of documentation "
+"in the Ruby Document (RD) format (a language used to document Ruby) into "
+"other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:7
+msgid ""
+"This module has been successfully tested on simple Ruby Document files "
+"covering a good part of the format syntax."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:8
+msgid ""
+"A known limitation is that it fails to properly recognize the stacked "
+"structure of input Ruby Document: this implies that when, for instance, an "
+"EnumListItem consists of more than one Block, only the first Block is "
+"actually recognized as EnumListItem, while the subsequent ones are "
+"considered just as TextBlocks..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:10
+msgid "This module supports the following option:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:11
+msgid "B<puredoc>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:12
+msgid ""
+"Handle files entirely made of Ruby Document formatted text (without any "
+"\"=begin\" line)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:13
+msgid ""
+"By default, this module only handles Ruby Document formatted text between "
+"\"=begin\" and \"=end\" lines (hence ignoring, among other things, "
+"everything that precedes the first \"=begin\" line)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:15
+msgid "L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:17
+msgid "Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:19
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2016-2017 Francesco Poli <invernomuto@paranoici.org>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:20
+msgid ""
+"This work is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under "
+"the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
+"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
+"any later version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:21
+msgid ""
+"This work is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY "
+"WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS "
+"FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License for more "
+"details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:22
+msgid ""
+"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
+"this work; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin "
+"Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"Parts of the code (such as many regular expressions) were adapted from the "
+"source of rdtool, under the terms of the GNU General Public License, version "
+"2 or later.  These parts are originally:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:24
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2004      MoonWolf <moonwolf@moonwolf.com>\n"
+" Copyright © 2011-2012 Youhei SASAKI <uwabami@gfd-dennou.org>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:25
+msgid ""
+"The initialize code was adapted from the source of Locale::Po4a::Text, under "
+"the terms of the GNU General Public License, version 2 or later.  This code "
+"was originally:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/RubyDoc.pm:26
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Sgml - convert SGML documents from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Sgml is a module to help the translation of documentation in "
+"the SGML format into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"This module uses B<onsgmls>(1) to parse the SGML files. Make sure it is "
+"installed.  Also make sure that the DTD of the SGML files are installed in "
+"the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of keywords indicating which category of extra debug "
+"messages should be shown. Possible values are: C<entities>, C<generic>, "
+"C<onsgml>, C<refs> and C<tag>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:11
+msgid "Give more information about what's going on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:60
+msgid "B<translate>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:13
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones) whose "
+"content should form an extra msgid, i.e that should be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:14
+msgid "B<section>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:15
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of extra tags (beside the DTD provided ones)  "
+"containing other tags, some of them being of category B<translate>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:16
+msgid "B<indent>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:17
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of tags which increase the indentation level. This will "
+"affect the identation in the resulting document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:23
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:19
+msgid "B<verbatim>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:19
+msgid ""
+"The layout within those tags should not be changed. The paragraph won't get "
+"wrapped, and no extra indentation space or new line will be added for "
+"cosmetic purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:20
+msgid "B<empty>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:21
+msgid "Tags not needing to be closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:22
+msgid "B<ignore>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"Tags ignored and considered as plain char data by po4a. That is to say that "
+"they can be part of an msgid. For example, E<lt>bE<gt> is a good candidate "
+"for this category since putting it in the B<translate> section would create "
+"a msgids with only its content, (and it's ususally not a whole sentence), "
+"which is bad."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:24 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:48
+msgid "B<attributes>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:25
+msgid ""
+"A space-separated list of attributes that need to be translated. You can "
+"specify the attributes by their name (for example, C<lang>), but you can "
+"also prefix it with a tag hierarchy, to specify that this attribute will "
+"only be translated when it is into the specified tag. For example: C<< "
+"<bbb><aaa>lang >> specifies that the lang attribute will only be translated "
+"if it is in an C<< <aaa> >> tag, which is in a C<< <bbb> >> tag.  The tag "
+"names are actually regular expressions so you can also write things like C<< "
+"<aaa|bbb>lang >> to only translate C<lang> attributes that are in an C<< "
+"<aaa> >> or a C<< <bbb> >> tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:26
+msgid "B<qualify>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:27
+msgid ""
+"A space-separated list of attributes for which the translation must be "
+"qualified by the attribute name, i.e. the text extracted for the "
+"transalation will include both the attributes name and it's value. e.g. for "
+"a tag like C<< <aaa lang_en=\"foo\"> >> translators will be presented with "
+"the string C<lang_en=\"foo\">. Note that this also automatically adds the "
+"given attribute into the B<attributes> list too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:28
+msgid "B<force>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:29
+msgid ""
+"Proceed even if the DTD is unknown or if B<onsgmls> finds errors in the "
+"input file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:30
+msgid "B<include-all>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:31
+msgid ""
+"By default, msgids containing only one entity (like C<&version;>) are "
+"skipped for the translators' comfort. Activating this option prevents this "
+"optimisation. It can be useful if the document contains a construction like "
+"C<< <title>&Aacute;</title> >>, even if I doubt such things to ever happen..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:32
+msgid "B<ignore-inclusion>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:33
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of entities that won't be inlined.  Use this option "
+"with caution: it may cause B<onsgmls> (used internally) to add tags and "
+"render the output document invalid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:35
+msgid ""
+"The result is perfect. I.e., the generated documents are exactly the same as "
+"the originals. But there are still some problems:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:37
+msgid ""
+"The error output of B<onsgmls> is redirected to /dev/null by default, which "
+"is clearly bad. I don't know how to avoid that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:38
+msgid ""
+"The problem is that I have to \"protect\" the conditional inclusions (i.e. "
+"the C<E<lt>! [ %foo [> and C<]]E<gt>> stuff) from B<onsgmls>. Otherwise "
+"B<onsgmls> eats them, and I don't know how to restore them in the final "
+"document. To prevent that, I rewrite them to C<{PO4A-beg-foo}> and C<{PO4A-"
+"end}>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:39
+msgid ""
+"The problem with this is that the C<{PO4A-end}> and such I add are invalid "
+"in the document (not in a E<lt>pE<gt> tag or so)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:40
+msgid ""
+"If you want to view the B<onsgmls> output, just add the following to your "
+"command line (or po4a configuration line):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:41
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  -o debug=onsgmls\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:43
+msgid ""
+"It does work only with the DebianDoc and DocBook DTD. Adding support for a "
+"new DTD should be very easy. The mechanism is the same for every DTD, you "
+"just have to give a list of the existing tags and some of their "
+"characteristics."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:44
+msgid ""
+"I agree, this needs some more documentation, but it is still considered as "
+"beta, and I hate to document stuff which may/will change."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:46
+msgid ""
+"Warning, support for DTDs is quite experimental. I did not read any "
+"reference manual to find the definition of every tag. I did add tag "
+"definition to the module 'till it works for some documents I found on the "
+"net. If your document use more tags than mine, it won't work. But as I said "
+"above, fixing that should be quite easy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:47
+msgid ""
+"I did test DocBook against the SAG (System Administrator Guide) only, but "
+"this document is quite big, and should use most of the DocBook specificities."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:48
+msgid ""
+"For DebianDoc, I tested some of the manuals from the DDP, but not all yet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:50
+msgid ""
+"In case of file inclusion, string reference of messages in PO files (i.e. "
+"lines like C<#: en/titletoc.sgml:9460>) will be wrong."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:51
+msgid ""
+"This is because I preprocess the file to protect the conditional inclusion "
+"(i.e. the C<E<lt>! [ %foo [> and C<]]E<gt>> stuff) and some entities (like "
+"C<&version;>) from B<onsgmls> because I want them verbatim to the generated "
+"document. For that, I make a temp copy of the input file and do all the "
+"changes I want to this before passing it to B<onsgmls> for parsing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:52
+msgid ""
+"So that it works, I replace the entities asking for a file inclusion by the "
+"content of the given file (so that I can protect what needs to be in a "
+"subfile also). But nothing is done so far to correct the references (i.e., "
+"filename and line number) afterward. I'm not sure what the best thing to do "
+"is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:54
+msgid ""
+"This module is an adapted version of sgmlspl (SGML postprocessor for the "
+"ONSGMLS parser) which was:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:55
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 1995 David Megginson <dmeggins@aix1.uottawa.ca>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:56
+msgid "The adaptation for po4a was done by:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Sgml.pm:59
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 1995 David Megginson <dmeggins@aix1.uottawa.ca>.\n"
+" Copyright © 2002-2005 SPI, Inc.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:2
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::TeX - convert TeX documents and derivatives from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::TeX is a module to help the translation of TeX documents into "
+"other [human] languages. It can also be used as a base to build modules for "
+"TeX-based documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"Users should probably use the LaTeX module, which inherits from the TeX "
+"module and contains the definitions of common LaTeX commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:7
+msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::TEX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:8
+msgid ""
+"This module can be used directly to handle generic TeX documents.  This will "
+"split your document in smaller blocks (paragraphs, verbatim blocks, or even "
+"smaller like titles or indexes)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"There are some options (described in the next section) that can customize "
+"this behavior.  If this doesn't fit to your document format you're "
+"encouraged to write your own derivative module from this, to describe your "
+"format's details.  See the section B<WRITING DERIVATIVE MODULES> below, for "
+"the process description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"This module can also be customized by lines starting with \"% po4a:\" in the "
+"TeX file. This process is described in the B<INLINE CUSTOMIZATION> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:16
+msgid "Comma-separated list of environments which should not be re-wrapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:17
+msgid ""
+"Note that there is a difference between verbatim and no_wrap environments.  "
+"There is no command and comments analysis in verbatim blocks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:18 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:25
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:54
+msgid ""
+"If this environment was not already registered, po4a will consider that this "
+"environment does not take any parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:19
+msgid "B<exclude_include>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:20
+msgid ""
+"Colon-separated list of files that should not be included by \\input and "
+"\\include."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:24
+msgid "Comma-separated list of environments which should be taken as verbatim."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:26
+msgid ""
+"Use these options to override the default behavior of the defined commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:28
+msgid ""
+"The TeX module can be customized with lines starting by B<% po4a:>.  These "
+"lines are interpreted as commands to the parser.  The following commands are "
+"recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:29
+msgid "B<% po4a: command> I<command1> B<alias> I<command2>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:30
+msgid ""
+"Indicates that the arguments of the I<command1> command should be treated as "
+"the arguments of the I<command2> command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:31
+msgid "B<% po4a: command> I<command1> I<parameters>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:32
+msgid ""
+"This describes in detail the parameters of the I<command1> command.  This "
+"information will be used to check the number of arguments and their types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:33
+msgid "You can precede the I<command1> command by"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:34
+msgid "an asterisk (B<*>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:35
+msgid ""
+"po4a will extract this command from paragraphs (if it is located at the "
+"beginning or the end of a paragraph).  The translators will then have to "
+"translate the parameters that are marked as translatable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:36
+msgid "a plus (B<+>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:37
+msgid ""
+"As for an asterisk, the command will be extracted if it appear at an "
+"extremity of a block, but the parameters won't be translated separately.  "
+"The translator will have to translate the command concatenated to all its "
+"parameters.  This keeps more context, and is useful for commands with small "
+"words in parameter, which can have multiple meanings (and translations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:38
+msgid ""
+"Note: In this case you don't have to specify which parameters are "
+"translatable, but po4a must know the type and number of parameters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:39
+msgid "a minus (B<->)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:40
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the command won't be extracted from any block.  But if it "
+"appears alone on a block, then only the parameters marked as translatable "
+"will be presented to the translator.  This is useful for font commands.  "
+"These commands should generally not be separated from their paragraph (to "
+"keep the context), but there is no reason to annoy the translator with them "
+"if a whole string is enclosed in such a command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:41
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"The I<parameters> argument is a set of [] (to indicate an optional\n"
+"argument) or {} (to indicate a mandatory argument).\n"
+"You can place an underscore (_) between these brackets to indicate that\n"
+"the parameter must be translated. For example:\n"
+" % po4a: command *chapter [_]{_}\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:42
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"This indicates that the chapter command has two parameters: an optional\n"
+"(short title) and a mandatory one, which must both be translated.\n"
+"If you want to specify that the href command has two mandatory parameters,\n"
+"that you don't want to translate the URL (first parameter), and that you\n"
+"don't want this command to be separated from its paragraph (which allow\n"
+"the translator to move the link in the sentence), you can use:\n"
+" % po4a: command -href {}{_}\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:43
+msgid ""
+"In this case, the information indicating which arguments must be translated "
+"is only used if a paragraph is only composed of this href command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:44
+msgid "B<% po4a: environment> I<env> I<parameters>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:45
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"This defines the parameters accepted by the I<env> environment and specifies the ones to be translated.\n"
+"This information is later used to check the number of arguments of the\n"
+"\\begin command.\n"
+"The syntax of the I<parameters> argument is the same as described for the\n"
+"others commands.\n"
+"The first parameter of the \\begin command is the name of the environment.\n"
+"This parameter must not be specified in the list of parameters. Here are\n"
+"some examples:\n"
+" % po4a: environment multicols {}\n"
+" % po4a: environment equation\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:46
+msgid ""
+"As for the commands, I<env> can be preceded by a plus (+) to indicate that "
+"the \\begin command must be translated with all its arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:47
+msgid "B<% po4a: separator> I<env> B<\">I<regex>B<\">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:48
+msgid ""
+"Indicates that an environment should be split according to the given regular "
+"expression."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:49
+msgid ""
+"The regular expression is delimited by quotes.  It should not create any "
+"back-reference.  You should use (?:) if you need a group.  It may also need "
+"some escapes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:50
+msgid ""
+"For example, the LaTeX module uses the \"(?:&|\\\\\\\\)\" regular expression "
+"to translate separately each cell of a table (lines are separated by '\\\\' "
+"and cells by '&')."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:51
+msgid ""
+"The notion of environment is expanded to the type displayed in the PO file.  "
+"This can be used to split on \"\\\\\\\\\" in the first mandatory argument of "
+"the title command.  In this case, the environment is title{#1}."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:52
+msgid "B<% po4a: verbatim environment> I<env>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:53
+msgid ""
+"Indicate that I<env> is a verbatim environment.  Comments and commands will "
+"be ignored in this environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:55
+msgid "WRITING DERIVATE MODULES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:56
+msgid "B<pre_trans>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:57
+msgid "B<post_trans>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:58
+msgid "B<add_comment>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:59
+msgid ""
+"Add a string as a comment to be added around the next translated element.  "
+"This is mostly useful to the texinfo module, as comments are automatically "
+"handled in TeX."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:61
+msgid ""
+"Wrapper around Transtractor's translate, with pre- and post-processing "
+"filters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:62
+msgid ""
+"Comments of a paragraph are inserted as a PO comment for the first "
+"translated string of this paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:63
+msgid "B<get_leading_command>($buffer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:64
+msgid "This function returns:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:65 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:93
+msgid "A command name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:66
+msgid ""
+"If no command is found at the beginning of the given buffer, this string "
+"will be empty.  Only commands that can be separated are considered.  The "
+"%separated_command hash contains the list of these commands."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:67 lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:94
+msgid "A variant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:68
+msgid ""
+"This indicates if a variant is used.  For example, an asterisk (*) can be "
+"added at the end of sections command to specify that they should not be "
+"numbered.  In this case, this field will contain \"*\".  If there is no "
+"variant, the field is an empty string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:69
+msgid "An array of tuples (type of argument, argument)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:70
+msgid ""
+"The type of argument can be either '{' (for mandatory arguments) or '[' (for "
+"optional arguments)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:71
+msgid "The remaining buffer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:72
+msgid ""
+"The rest of the buffer after the removal of this leading command and its "
+"arguments.  If no command is found, the original buffer is not touched and "
+"returned in this field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:73
+msgid "B<get_trailing_command>($buffer)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:74
+msgid ""
+"The same as B<get_leading_command>, but for commands at the end of a buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:75
+msgid "B<translate_buffer>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:76
+msgid ""
+"Recursively translate a buffer by separating leading and trailing commands "
+"(those which should be translated separately) from the buffer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:77
+msgid ""
+"If a function is defined in %translate_buffer_env for the current "
+"environment, this function will be used to translate the buffer instead of "
+"translate_buffer()."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:78
+msgid "B<read>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:79
+msgid "Overloads Transtractor's read()."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:80
+msgid "B<read_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:81
+msgid ""
+"Recursively read a file, appending included files which are not listed in "
+"the @exclude_include array.  Included files are searched using the "
+"B<kpsewhich> command from the Kpathsea library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:82
+msgid ""
+"Except from the file inclusion part, it is a cut and paste from "
+"Transtractor's read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:83
+msgid "B<parse_definition_file>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:84
+msgid ""
+"Subroutine for parsing a file with po4a directives (definitions for new "
+"commands)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:85
+msgid "B<parse_definition_line>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:86
+msgid "Parse a definition line of the form \"% po4a: \"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:87
+msgid "See the B<INLINE CUSTOMIZATION> section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:88
+msgid "B<is_closed>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:89
+msgid "B<parse>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:90
+msgid "B<docheader>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:91 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:97
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:134
+msgid "INTERNAL FUNCTIONS used to write derivative parsers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:92
+msgid ""
+"Command and environment functions take the following arguments (in addition "
+"to the $self object):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:95
+msgid "An array of (type, argument) tuples"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:96
+msgid "The current environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:97
+msgid ""
+"The first 3 arguments are extracted by get_leading_command or "
+"get_trailing_command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:98
+msgid ""
+"Command and environment functions return the translation of the command with "
+"its arguments and a new environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:99
+msgid ""
+"Environment functions are called when a \\begin command is found. They are "
+"called with the \\begin command and its arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:100
+msgid ""
+"The TeX module only proposes one command function and one environment "
+"function: generic_command and generic_environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:101
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"generic_command uses the information specified by\n"
+"register_generic_command or by adding definition to the TeX file:\n"
+" % po4a: command I<command1> I<parameters>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:102
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"generic_environment uses the information specified by\n"
+"register_generic_environment or by adding definition to the TeX file:\n"
+" % po4a: environment I<env> I<parameters>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:103
+msgid ""
+"Both functions will only translate the parameters that were specified as "
+"translatable (with a '_').  generic_environment will append the name of the "
+"environment to the environment stack and generic_command will append the "
+"name of the command followed by an identifier of the parameter (like {#7} or "
+"[#2])."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:105
+msgid "This module needs more tests."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:106
+msgid "It was tested on a book and with the Python documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:107 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:183
+msgid "TODO LIST"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:108
+msgid "Automatic detection of new commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:109
+msgid ""
+"The TeX module could parse the newcommand arguments and try to guess the "
+"number of arguments, their type and whether or not they should be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:110
+msgid "Translation of the environment separator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:111
+msgid ""
+"When \\item is used as an environment separator, the item argument is "
+"attached to the following string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:112
+msgid "Some commands should be added to the environment stack"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:113
+msgid ""
+"These commands should be specified by couples.  This can be used to specify "
+"commands beginning or ending a verbatim environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:114
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:115
+msgid "Various other points are tagged TODO in the source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:116
+msgid "KNOWN BUGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:117
+msgid "Various points are tagged FIXME in the source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TeX.pm:119
+msgid ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::LaTeX>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::LaTeX(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::LaTeX>, L<Locale::Po4a::"
+"TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:2
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Texinfo - convert Texinfo documents and derivates from/to PO "
+"files"
+msgstr ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Texinfo - omform Texinfo-dokumenter og avledninger fra/til PO-"
+"filer"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Texinfo is a module to help the translation of Texinfo "
+"documents into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Texinfo er en modul for å bidra med oversettelsen av Texinfo-"
+"dokumenter til andre (menneske)-språk."
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"This module contains the definitions of common Texinfo commands and "
+"environments."
+msgstr ""
+"Denne modulen inneholder definisjonen av ofte brukte Texinfo-kommandoer og "
+"miljøer."
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:7
+msgid ""
+"Only the comments starting with 'TRANSLATORS' are added to the PO files to "
+"guide the translators."
+msgstr ""
+"Kun kommentarene som starter med «TRANSLATORS» legges til PO-filene for å "
+"veilede oversetterne."
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"This module is still beta and not ready for production use.  Please send "
+"patches to contribute, not bug reports as we don't know how to deal with "
+"them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:12
+msgid "no-warn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:13
+msgid "Do not warn about the current state of this module."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Texinfo.pm:19
+msgid ""
+"Copyright © 2004-2007 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>."
+msgstr "© 2004-2007 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>."
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Text - convert text documents from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Text is a module to help the translation of text documents "
+"into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"Paragraphs are split on empty lines (or lines containing only spaces or "
+"tabulations)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:7
+msgid ""
+"If a paragraph contains a line starting by a space (or tabulation), this "
+"paragraph won't be rewrapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:10
+msgid "B<keyvalue>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:11
+msgid ""
+"Treat paragraphs that look like a colon-separated key-value pair as verbatim "
+"(with the C<no-wrap> flag in the PO file). A key-value pair string is a "
+"string like C<key: value>, containing one or more non-colon and non-space "
+"characters followed by a colon followed by at least one non-space character "
+"before the end of the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:12
+msgid "B<nobullets>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:13
+msgid "Deactivate the detection of bullets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:14
+msgid ""
+"By default, when a bullet is detected, the bullet paragraph is not "
+"considered as a verbatim paragraph (with the C<no-wrap> flag in the PO "
+"file). Instead, the corresponding paragraph is rewrapped in the translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:15
+msgid "B<tabs=>I<mode>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:16
+msgid "Specify how tabulations shall be handled. The I<mode> can be any of:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:17
+msgid "B<split>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:18
+msgid "Lines with tabulations introduce breaks in the current paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:20
+msgid "Paragraph containing tabulations will not be re-wrapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:21
+msgid "By default, tabulations are considered as spaces."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:22
+msgid "B<breaks=>I<regex>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"A regular expression matching lines which introduce breaks.  The regular "
+"expression will be anchored so that the whole line must match."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:24
+msgid "B<debianchangelog>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:25
+msgid ""
+"Handle the header and footer of released versions, which only contain non "
+"translatable information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:26
+msgid "B<fortunes>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:27
+msgid ""
+"Handle the fortunes format, which separate fortunes with a line which "
+"consists in '%' or '%%', and use '%%' as the beginning of a comment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:28
+msgid "B<markdown>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:29
+msgid "Handle some special markup in Markdown-formatted texts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:30
+msgid "B<yfm_keys> (markdown-only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:32
+msgid "B<yfm_lenient> (markdown only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:33
+msgid ""
+"Allow the YAML Front Matter parser to fail on malformated headers. This is "
+"particularly helpful when your file starts with a horizontal ruler instead "
+"of a YAML Front Matter, but you insist on using three dashes only for your "
+"ruler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:34
+msgid "B<yfm_paths> (markdown only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:37
+msgid "B<yfm_skip_array> (markdown-only)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:39
+msgid "B<control>[B<=>I<field_list>]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:40
+msgid ""
+"Handle Debian's control files.  A comma-separated list of fields to be "
+"translated can be provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:41
+msgid "B<neverwrap>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:42
+msgid ""
+"Prevent po4a from wrapping any lines. This means that every content is "
+"handled verbatim, even simple paragraphs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:44
+msgid "Tested successfully on simple text files and NEWS.Debian files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:48
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#| msgid ""
+#| " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+#| "\n"
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Text.pm:49
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2008-2009, 2018 Jonas Smedegaard <dr@jones.dk>.\n"
+" Copyright © 2020 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::TransTractor - generic trans(lator ex)tractor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"This class is the ancestor of every po4a parser used to parse a document, to "
+"search translatable strings, to extract them to a PO file and to replace "
+"them by their translation in the output document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:6
+msgid "More formally, it takes the following arguments as input:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:7 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:9
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:12 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:14
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:114 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:116
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:118 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:130
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:132 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:134
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:149 lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:151
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:153
+msgid "-"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:8
+msgid "a document to translate;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:10
+msgid "a PO file containing the translations to use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:11
+msgid "As output, it produces:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:13
+msgid ""
+"another PO file, resulting of the extraction of translatable strings from "
+"the input document;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:15
+msgid ""
+"a translated document, with the same structure than the one in input, but "
+"with all translatable strings replaced with the translations found in the PO "
+"file provided in input."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:16
+msgid "Here is a graphical representation of this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:17
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"   Input document --\\                             /---> Output document\n"
+"                     \\                           /       (translated)\n"
+"                      +-> parse() function -----+\n"
+"                     /                           \\\n"
+"   Input PO --------/                             \\---> Output PO\n"
+"                                                         (extracted)\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:18
+msgid "FUNCTIONS YOUR PARSER SHOULD OVERRIDE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:19
+msgid "parse()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:20
+msgid ""
+"This is where all the work takes place: the parsing of input documents, the "
+"generation of output, and the extraction of the translatable strings. This "
+"is pretty simple using the provided functions presented in the section "
+"B<INTERNAL FUNCTIONS> below. See also the B<SYNOPSIS>, which presents an "
+"example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:21
+msgid ""
+"This function is called by the process() function below, but if you choose "
+"to use the new() function, and to add content manually to your document, you "
+"will have to call this function yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:22
+msgid "docheader()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:23
+msgid ""
+"This function returns the header we should add to the produced document, "
+"quoted properly to be a comment in the target language.  See the section "
+"B<Educating developers about translations>, from L<po4a(7)|po4a.7>, for what "
+"it is good for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:25
+msgid ""
+"The following example parses a list of paragraphs beginning with \"<p>\". "
+"For the sake of simplicity, we assume that the document is well formatted, i."
+"e. that '<p>' tags are the only tags present, and that this tag is at the "
+"very beginning of each paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:26
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" sub parse {\n"
+"   my $self = shift;\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:27
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"   PARAGRAPH: while (1) {\n"
+"       my ($paragraph,$pararef)=(\"\",\"\");\n"
+"       my $first=1;\n"
+"       my ($line,$lref)=$self->shiftline();\n"
+"       while (defined($line)) {\n"
+"           if ($line =~ m/<p>/ && !$first--; ) {\n"
+"               # Not the first time we see <p>.\n"
+"               # Reput the current line in input,\n"
+"               #  and put the built paragraph to output\n"
+"               $self->unshiftline($line,$lref);\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:28
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"               # Now that the document is formed, translate it:\n"
+"               #   - Remove the leading tag\n"
+"               $paragraph =~ s/^<p>//s;\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:29
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"               #   - push to output the leading tag (untranslated) and the\n"
+"               #     rest of the paragraph (translated)\n"
+"               $self->pushline(  \"<p>\"\n"
+"                               . $self->translate($paragraph,$pararef)\n"
+"                               );\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:30
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"               next PARAGRAPH;\n"
+"           } else {\n"
+"               # Append to the paragraph\n"
+"               $paragraph .= $line;\n"
+"               $pararef = $lref unless(length($pararef));\n"
+"           }\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:31
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"           # Reinit the loop\n"
+"           ($line,$lref)=$self->shiftline();\n"
+"       }\n"
+"       # Did not get a defined line? End of input file.\n"
+"       return;\n"
+"   }\n"
+" }\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:32
+msgid ""
+"Once you've implemented the parse function, you can use your document class, "
+"using the public interface presented in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:33
+msgid "PUBLIC INTERFACE for scripts using your parser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:34
+msgid "Constructor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:35
+msgid "process(%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:36
+msgid ""
+"This function can do all you need to do with a po4a document in one "
+"invocation. Its arguments must be packed as a hash. ACTIONS:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:37
+msgid "a."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:38
+msgid "Reads all the PO files specified in po_in_name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:39
+msgid "b."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:40
+msgid "Reads all original documents specified in file_in_name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:41
+msgid "c."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:42
+msgid "Parses the document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:43
+msgid "d."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:44
+msgid "Reads and applies all the addenda specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:45
+msgid "e."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:46
+msgid "Writes the translated document to file_out_name (if given)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:47
+msgid "f."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:48
+msgid "Writes the extracted PO file to po_out_name (if given)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:49
+msgid "ARGUMENTS, beside the ones accepted by new() (with expected type):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:50
+msgid "file_in_name (@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:51
+msgid "List of filenames where we should read the input document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:52
+msgid "file_in_charset ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:53
+msgid "Charset used in the input document (if it isn't specified, use UTF-8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:54
+msgid "file_out_name ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:55
+msgid "Filename where we should write the output document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:56
+msgid "file_out_charset ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:57
+msgid "Charset used in the output document (if it isn't specified, use UTF-8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:58
+msgid "po_in_name (@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:59
+msgid ""
+"List of filenames where we should read the input PO files from, containing "
+"the translation which will be used to translate the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:60
+msgid "po_out_name ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:61
+msgid ""
+"Filename where we should write the output PO file, containing the strings "
+"extracted from the input document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:62
+msgid "addendum (@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:63
+msgid "List of filenames where we should read the addenda from."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:64
+msgid "addendum_charset ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:65
+msgid "Charset for the addenda."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:66
+msgid "new(%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:67
+msgid ""
+"Create a new po4a document. Accepted options (in the hash passed as a "
+"parameter):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:68
+msgid "verbose ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:69
+msgid "Sets the verbosity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:70
+msgid "debug ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:71
+msgid "Sets the debugging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:72
+msgid "wrapcol ($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:73
+msgid ""
+"The column at which we should wrap text in output document (default: 76)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:74
+msgid "The negative value means not to wrap lines at all."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:75
+msgid ""
+"Also it accepts next options for underlying Po-files: B<porefs>, B<copyright-"
+"holder>, B<msgid-bugs-address>, B<package-name>, B<package-version>, B<wrap-"
+"po>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:76
+msgid "Manipulating document files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:77
+msgid "read($$)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:78
+msgid ""
+"Add another input document data at the end of the existing array C<< @{$self-"
+">{TT}{doc_in}} >>. The argument is the filename to read. If a second "
+"argument is provided, it is the filename to use in the references."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:79
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"This array C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> holds this input document data as an\n"
+"array of strings with alternating meanings.\n"
+" * The string C<$textline> holding each line of the input text data.\n"
+" * The string C<< $filename:$linenum >> holding its location and called as\n"
+"   \"reference\" (C<linenum> starts with 1).\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:80
+msgid ""
+"Please note that it does not parse anything. You should use the parse()  "
+"function when you're done with packing input files into the document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:82
+msgid "Write the translated document to the given filename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:83
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"This translated document data are provided by:\n"
+" * C<< $self->docheader() >> holding the header text for the plugin, and\n"
+" * C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >> holding each line of the main translated text in the array.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:84
+msgid "Manipulating PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:85
+msgid "readpo($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:86
+msgid ""
+"Add the content of a file (which name is passed as argument) to the existing "
+"input PO. The old content is not discarded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:87
+msgid "writepo($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:88
+msgid "Write the extracted PO file to the given filename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:89
+msgid "stats()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:90
+msgid ""
+"Returns some statistics about the translation done so far. Please note that "
+"it's not the same statistics than the one printed by msgfmt --statistic. "
+"Here, it's stats about recent usage of the PO file, while msgfmt reports the "
+"status of the file. It is a wrapper to the Locale::Po4a::Po::stats_get "
+"function applied to the input PO file. Example of use:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:91
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    [normal use of the po4a document...]\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:92
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    ($percent,$hit,$queries) = $document->stats();\n"
+"    print \"We found translations for $percent\\%  ($hit from $queries) of strings.\\n\";\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:93
+msgid "Manipulating addenda"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:94
+msgid "addendum($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:95
+msgid ""
+"Please refer to L<po4a(7)|po4a.7> for more information on what addenda are, "
+"and how translators should write them. To apply an addendum to the "
+"translated document, simply pass its filename to this function and you are "
+"done ;)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:96
+msgid "This function returns a non-null integer on error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:98
+msgid "Getting input, providing output"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:99
+msgid ""
+"Four functions are provided to get input and return output. They are very "
+"similar to shift/unshift and push/pop of Perl."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:100
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" * Perl shift returns the first array item and drop it from the array.\n"
+" * Perl unshift prepends an item to the array as the first array item.\n"
+" * Perl pop returns the last array item and drop it from the array.\n"
+" * Perl push appends an item to the array as the last array item.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:101
+msgid ""
+"The first pair is about input, while the second is about output. Mnemonic: "
+"in input, you are interested in the first line, what shift gives, and in "
+"output you want to add your result at the end, like push does."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:102
+msgid "shiftline()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:103
+msgid ""
+"This function returns the first line to be parsed and its corresponding "
+"reference (packed as an array) from the array C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> "
+"and drop these first 2 array items.  Here, the reference is provided by a "
+"string C<< $filename:$linenum >>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:104
+msgid "unshiftline($$)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:105
+msgid ""
+"Unshifts the last shifted line of the input document and its corresponding "
+"reference back to the head of C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:106
+msgid "pushline($)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:107
+msgid "Push a new line to the end of C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:108
+msgid "popline()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:109
+msgid "Pop the last pushed line from the end of C<< {$self->{TT}{doc_out}} >>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:110
+msgid "Marking strings as translatable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:111
+msgid "One function is provided to handle the text which should be translated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:112
+msgid "translate($$$)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:113
+msgid "Mandatory arguments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:115
+msgid "A string to translate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:117
+msgid "The reference of this string (i.e. position in inputfile)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:119
+msgid ""
+"The type of this string (i.e. the textual description of its structural "
+"role; used in Locale::Po4a::Po::gettextization(); see also L<po4a(7)|"
+"po4a.7>, section B<Gettextization: how does it work?>)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:120
+msgid ""
+"This function can also take some extra arguments. They must be organized as "
+"a hash. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:121
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  $self->translate(\"string\",\"ref\",\"type\",\n"
+"                   'wrap' => 1);\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:123
+msgid ""
+"boolean indicating whether we can consider that whitespaces in string are "
+"not important. If yes, the function canonizes the string before looking for "
+"a translation or extracting it, and wraps the translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:125
+msgid ""
+"the column at which we should wrap (default: the value of B<wrapcol> "
+"specified during creation of the TransTractor or 76)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:126
+msgid "The negative value will be substracted from the default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:128
+msgid "an extra comment to add to the entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:129
+msgid "Actions:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:131
+msgid "Pushes the string, reference and type to po_out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:133
+msgid ""
+"Returns the translation of the string (as found in po_in) so that the parser "
+"can build the doc_out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:135
+msgid ""
+"Handles the charsets to recode the strings before sending them to po_out and "
+"before returning the translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:136
+msgid "Misc functions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:137
+msgid "verbose()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:138
+msgid ""
+"Returns if the verbose option was passed during the creation of the "
+"TransTractor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:139
+msgid "debug()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:140
+msgid ""
+"Returns if the debug option was passed during the creation of the "
+"TransTractor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:141
+msgid "get_in_charset()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:142
+msgid "This function return the charset that was provided as master charset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:143
+msgid "get_out_charset()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:144
+msgid ""
+"This function will return the charset that should be used in the output "
+"document (usually useful to substitute the input document's detected charset "
+"where it has been found)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:145
+msgid ""
+"It will use the output charset specified in the command line. If it wasn't "
+"specified, it will use the input PO's charset, and if the input PO has the "
+"default \"CHARSET\", it will return the input document's charset, so that no "
+"encoding is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:146
+msgid "FUTURE DIRECTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:147
+msgid ""
+"One shortcoming of the current TransTractor is that it can't handle "
+"translated document containing all languages, like debconf templates, or ."
+"desktop files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:148
+msgid "To address this problem, the only interface changes needed are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:150
+msgid "take a hash as po_in_name (a list per language)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:152
+msgid "add an argument to translate to indicate the target language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:154
+msgid ""
+"make a pushline_all function, which would make pushline of its content for "
+"all languages, using a map-like syntax:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:155
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"    $self->pushline_all({ \"Description[\".$langcode.\"]=\".\n"
+"                          $self->translate($line,$ref,$langcode)\n"
+"                        });\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:156
+msgid "Will see if it's enough ;)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/TransTractor.pm:158
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Denis Barbier <barbier@linuxfr.org>\n"
+" Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n"
+" Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:2
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Wml - convert WML (web markup language) documents from/to PO "
+"files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Wml is a module to help the translation of WML documents into "
+"other [human] languages. Do not mixup the WML we are speaking about here "
+"(web markup language) and the WAP crap used on cell phones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:6
+msgid ""
+"Please note that this module relies upon the Locale::Po4a::Xhtml module, "
+"which also relies upon the Locale::Po4a::Xml module.  This means that all "
+"tags for web page expressions are assumed to be written in the XHTML syntax."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"This module works for some simple documents, but is still young.  Currently, "
+"the biggest issue of the module is probably that it cannot handle documents "
+"that contain non-XML inline tags such as <email \"foo@example.org\">, which "
+"are often defined in the WML.  Improvements will be added in the future "
+"releases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:12
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Martin Quinson (mquinson#debian.org)\n"
+" Noriada Kobayashi <nori1@dolphin.c.u-tokyo.ac.jp>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Wml.pm:14
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2005 SPI, Inc.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Xhtml - convert XHTML documents from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Xhtml is a module to help the translation of XHTML documents "
+"into other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:8
+msgid "B<includessi>[B<=>I<rootpath>]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:9
+msgid ""
+"Include files specified by an include SSI (Server Side Includes) element (e."
+"g. <!--#include virtual=\"/foo/bar.html\" -->)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:10
+msgid "B<Note:> You should use it only for static files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:11
+msgid ""
+"An additional I<rootpath> parameter can be specified. It specifies the root "
+"path to find files included by a B<virtual> attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:14
+msgid ""
+"\"It works for me\", which means I use it successfully on my personal Web "
+"site.  However, YMMV: please let me know if something doesn't work for you."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:18
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Yves Rütschlé <po4a@rutschle.net>\n"
+" Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xhtml.pm:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2004 Yves Rütschlé <po4a@rutschle.net>\n"
+" Copyright © 2007-2008 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:2
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Xml - convert XML documents and derivates from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Xml is a module to help the translation of XML documents into "
+"other [human] languages. It can also be used as a base to build modules for "
+"XML-based documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:6
+msgid "TRANSLATING WITH PO4A::XML"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:7
+msgid ""
+"This module can be used directly to handle generic XML documents.  This will "
+"extract all tag's content, and no attributes, since it's where the text is "
+"written in most XML based documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:8
+msgid ""
+"There are some options (described in the next section) that can customize "
+"this behavior.  If this doesn't fit to your document format you're "
+"encouraged to write your own module derived from this, to describe your "
+"format's details.  See the section B<WRITING DERIVATE MODULES> below, for "
+"the process description."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"The global debug option causes this module to show the excluded strings, in "
+"order to see if it skips something important."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:12
+msgid "B<nostrip>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:13
+msgid "Prevents it to strip the spaces around the extracted strings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:15
+msgid ""
+"Canonicalizes the string to translate, considering that whitespaces are not "
+"important, and wraps the translated document. This option can be overridden "
+"by custom tag options. See the B<translated> option below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:16
+msgid "B<unwrap_attributes>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:17
+msgid "Attributes are wrapped by default. This option disables wrapping."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:18
+msgid "B<caseinsensitive>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:19
+msgid ""
+"It makes the tags and attributes searching to work in a case insensitive "
+"way.  If it's defined, it will treat E<lt>BooKE<gt>laNG and "
+"E<lt>BOOKE<gt>Lang as E<lt>bookE<gt>lang."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:20
+msgid "B<escapequotes>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:21
+msgid ""
+"Escape quotes in output strings.  Necessary, for example, for creating "
+"string resources for use by Android build tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:22
+msgid ""
+"See also: https://developer.android.com/guide/topics/resources/string-"
+"resource.html"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:23
+msgid "B<includeexternal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:24
+msgid ""
+"When defined, external entities are included in the generated (translated)  "
+"document, and for the extraction of strings.  If it's not defined, you will "
+"have to translate external entities separately as independent documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:25
+msgid "B<ontagerror>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:26
+msgid ""
+"This option defines the behavior of the module when it encounters invalid "
+"XML syntax (a closing tag which does not match the last opening tag).  It "
+"can take the following values:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:28
+msgid "This is the default value.  The module will exit with an error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:29
+msgid "I<warn>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:30
+msgid "The module will continue, and will issue a warning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:31
+msgid "I<silent>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:32
+msgid "The module will continue without any warnings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:33
+msgid ""
+"Be careful when using this option.  It is generally recommended to fix the "
+"input file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:34
+msgid "B<tagsonly>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:35
+msgid "Note: This option is deprecated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:36
+msgid ""
+"Extracts only the specified tags in the B<tags> option.  Otherwise, it will "
+"extract all the tags except the ones specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:37
+msgid "B<doctype>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:38
+msgid ""
+"String that will try to match with the first line of the document's doctype "
+"(if defined). If it doesn't, a warning will indicate that the document might "
+"be of a bad type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:39
+msgid "B<addlang>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:40
+msgid ""
+"String indicating the path (e.g. E<lt>bbbE<gt>E<lt>aaaE<gt>) of a tag where "
+"a lang=\"...\" attribute shall be added. The language will be defined as the "
+"basename of the PO file without any .po extension."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:41
+msgid "B<optionalclosingtag>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:42
+msgid ""
+"Boolean indicating whether closing tags are optional (as in HTML). By "
+"default, missing closing tags raise an error handled according to "
+"B<ontagerror>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:43
+msgid "B<tags>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:44
+msgid ""
+"Note: This option is deprecated.  You should use the B<translated> and "
+"B<untranslated> options instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:45
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of tags you want to translate or skip.  By default, the "
+"specified tags will be excluded, but if you use the \"tagsonly\" option, the "
+"specified tags will be the only ones included.  The tags must be in the form "
+"E<lt>aaaE<gt>, but you can join some (E<lt>bbbE<gt>E<lt>aaaE<gt>) to say "
+"that the content of the tag E<lt>aaaE<gt> will only be translated when it's "
+"into a E<lt>bbbE<gt> tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:46
+msgid ""
+"You can also specify some tag options by putting some characters in front of "
+"the tag hierarchy. For example, you can put I<w> (wrap) or I<W> (don't "
+"wrap)  to override the default behavior specified by the global B<wrap> "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:47 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:92
+msgid "Example: WE<lt>chapterE<gt>E<lt>titleE<gt>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:49
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of tag's attributes you want to translate.  You can "
+"specify the attributes by their name (for example, \"lang\"), but you can "
+"prefix it with a tag hierarchy, to specify that this attribute will only be "
+"translated when it's in the specified tag. For example: "
+"E<lt>bbbE<gt>E<lt>aaaE<gt>lang specifies that the lang attribute will only "
+"be translated if it's in an E<lt>aaaE<gt> tag, and it's in a E<lt>bbbE<gt> "
+"tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:50
+msgid "B<foldattributes>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:51
+msgid ""
+"Do not translate attributes in inline tags.  Instead, replace all attributes "
+"of a tag by po4a-id=<id>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:52
+msgid ""
+"This is useful when attributes shall not be translated, as this simplifies "
+"the strings for translators, and avoids typos."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:53
+msgid "B<customtag>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:54
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of tags which should not be treated as tags.  These "
+"tags are treated as inline, and do not need to be closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:55
+msgid "B<break>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:56
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of tags which should break the sequence.  By default, "
+"all tags break the sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:57 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:61
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:66 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:76
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:96
+msgid ""
+"The tags must be in the form <aaa>, but you can join some (<bbb><aaa>), if a "
+"tag (<aaa>) should only be considered when it's within another tag (<bbb>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:58
+msgid ""
+"Please note a tag should be listed in only one of the B<break>, B<inline> "
+"B<placeholder>, or B<customtag> setting string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:60
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of tags which should be treated as inline.  By default, "
+"all tags break the sequence."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:62
+msgid "B<placeholder>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:63
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of tags which should be treated as placeholders.  "
+"Placeholders do not break the sequence, but the content of placeholders is "
+"translated separately."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:64
+msgid ""
+"The location of the placeholder in its block will be marked with a string "
+"similar to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:65
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  <placeholder type=\\\"footnote\\\" id=\\\"0\\\"/>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:67
+msgid "B<break-pi>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:68
+msgid ""
+"By default, Processing Instructions (i.e., C<E<lt>? ... ?E<gt>> tags) are "
+"handled as inline tags.  Pass this option if you want the PI to be handled "
+"as breaking tag.  Note that unprocessed PHP tags are handled as Processing "
+"Instructions by the parser."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:69
+msgid "B<nodefault>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:70
+msgid ""
+"Space separated list of tags that the module should not try to set by "
+"default in any category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:71
+msgid ""
+"If you have a tag which has its default setting by the subclass of this "
+"module but you want to set alternative setting, you need to list that tag as "
+"a part of the B<nodefault> setting string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:72
+msgid "B<cpp>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:73
+msgid ""
+"Support C preprocessor directives.  When this option is set, po4a will "
+"consider preprocessor directives as paragraph separators.  This is important "
+"if the XML file must be preprocessed because otherwise the directives may be "
+"inserted in the middle of lines if po4a consider it belong to the current "
+"paragraph, and they won't be recognized by the preprocessor.  Note: the "
+"preprocessor directives must only appear between tags (they must not break a "
+"tag)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:74
+msgid "B<translated>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:75
+msgid "Space-separated list of tags you want to translate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:77
+msgid ""
+"You can also specify some tag options by putting some characters in front of "
+"the tag hierarchy.  This overrides the default behavior specified by the "
+"global B<wrap> and B<defaulttranslateoption> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:78
+msgid "I<w>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:79
+msgid "Tags should be translated and content can be re-wrapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:80
+msgid "I<W>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:81
+msgid "Tags should be translated and content should not be re-wrapped."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:82
+msgid "I<i>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:83
+msgid "Tags should be translated inline."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:84
+msgid "I<p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:85
+msgid "Tags should be translated as placeholders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:86
+msgid ""
+"Internally, the XML parser only cares about these four options: I<w> I<W> "
+"I<i> I<p>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:87
+msgid ""
+"* Tags listed in B<break> are set to I<w> or I<W> depending on the B<wrap> "
+"option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:88
+msgid "* Tags listed in B<inline> are set to I<i>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:89
+msgid "* Tags listed in B<placeholder> are set to I<p>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:90
+msgid "* Tags listed in B<untranslated> are without any of these options set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:91
+msgid ""
+"You can verify actual internal parameter behavior by invoking B<po4a> with "
+"B<--debug> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:93
+msgid ""
+"Please note a tag should be listed in either B<translated> or "
+"B<untranslated> setting string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:95
+msgid "Space-separated list of tags you do not want to translate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:97
+msgid ""
+"Please note a translatable inline tag in an untranslated tag is treated as a "
+"translatable breaking tag, I<i> setting is dropped and I<w> or I<W> is set "
+"depending on the B<wrap> option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:98
+msgid "B<defaulttranslateoption>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:99
+msgid ""
+"The default categories for tags that are not in any of the translated, "
+"untranslated, break, inline, or placeholder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:100
+msgid ""
+"This is a set of letters as defined in B<translated> and this setting is "
+"only valid for translatable tags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head1
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:101
+msgid "WRITING DERIVATIVE MODULES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:102
+msgid "DEFINE WHAT TAGS AND ATTRIBUTES TO TRANSLATE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:103
+msgid ""
+"The simplest customization is to define which tags and attributes you want "
+"the parser to translate.  This should be done in the initialize function.  "
+"First you should call the main initialize, to get the command-line options, "
+"and then, append your custom definitions to the options hash.  If you want "
+"to treat some new options from command line, you should define them before "
+"calling the main initialize:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:104
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  $self->{options}{'new_option'}='';\n"
+"  $self->SUPER::initialize(%options);\n"
+"  $self->{options}{'_default_translated'}.=' <p> <head><title>';\n"
+"  $self->{options}{'attributes'}.=' <p>lang id';\n"
+"  $self->{options}{'_default_inline'}.=' <br>';\n"
+"  $self->treat_options;\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:105
+msgid ""
+"You should use the B<_default_inline>, B<_default_break>, "
+"B<_default_placeholder>, B<_default_translated>, B<_default_untranslated>, "
+"and B<_default_attributes> options in derivative modules. This allow users "
+"to override the default behavior defined in your module with command line "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:107
+msgid ""
+"If you don't like the default behavior of this xml module and its derivative "
+"modules, you can provide command line options to change their behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:108
+msgid "See L<Locale::Po4a::Docbook(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::Docbook>,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:109
+msgid "OVERRIDING THE found_string FUNCTION"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:110
+msgid ""
+"Another simple step is to override the function \"found_string\", which "
+"receives the extracted strings from the parser, in order to translate them.  "
+"There you can control which strings you want to translate, and perform "
+"transformations to them before or after the translation itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:111
+msgid ""
+"It receives the extracted text, the reference on where it was, and a hash "
+"that contains extra information to control what strings to translate, how to "
+"translate them and to generate the comment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:112
+msgid ""
+"The content of these options depends on the kind of string it is (specified "
+"in an entry of this hash):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:113
+msgid "type=\"tag\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:114
+msgid ""
+"The found string is the content of a translatable tag. The entry "
+"\"tag_options\" contains the option characters in front of the tag hierarchy "
+"in the module \"tags\" option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:115
+msgid "type=\"attribute\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:116
+msgid ""
+"Means that the found string is the value of a translatable attribute. The "
+"entry \"attribute\" has the name of the attribute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:117
+msgid ""
+"It must return the text that will replace the original in the translated "
+"document. Here's a basic example of this function:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:118
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"  sub found_string {\n"
+"    my ($self,$text,$ref,$options)=@_;\n"
+"    $text = $self->translate($text,$ref,\"type \".$options->{'type'},\n"
+"      'wrap'=>$self->{options}{'wrap'});\n"
+"    return $text;\n"
+"  }\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:119
+msgid ""
+"There's another simple example in the new Dia module, which only filters "
+"some strings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:120
+msgid "MODIFYING TAG TYPES (TODO)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:121
+msgid ""
+"This is a more complex one, but it enables a (almost) total customization.  "
+"It's based on a list of hashes, each one defining a tag type's behavior. The "
+"list should be sorted so that the most general tags are after the most "
+"concrete ones (sorted first by the beginning and then by the end keys). To "
+"define a tag type you'll have to make a hash with the following keys:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:122
+msgid "B<beginning>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:123
+msgid "Specifies the beginning of the tag, after the \"E<lt>\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:124
+msgid "B<end>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:125
+msgid "Specifies the end of the tag, before the \"E<gt>\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:126
+msgid "B<breaking>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:127
+msgid ""
+"It says if this is a breaking tag class.  A non-breaking (inline) tag is one "
+"that can be taken as part of the content of another tag.  It can take the "
+"values false (0), true (1) or undefined.  If you leave this undefined, "
+"you'll have to define the f_breaking function that will say whether a "
+"concrete tag of this class is a breaking tag or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:128
+msgid "B<f_breaking>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:129
+msgid ""
+"It's a function that will tell if the next tag is a breaking one or not.  It "
+"should be defined if the B<breaking> option is not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:130
+msgid "B<f_extract>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:131
+msgid ""
+"If you leave this key undefined, the generic extraction function will have "
+"to extract the tag itself.  It's useful for tags that can have other tags or "
+"special structures in them, so that the main parser doesn't get mad.  This "
+"function receives a boolean that says if the tag should be removed from the "
+"input stream or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:132
+msgid "B<f_translate>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:133
+msgid ""
+"This function receives the tag (in the get_string_until() format) and "
+"returns the translated tag (translated attributes or all needed "
+"transformations) as a single string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:135
+msgid "WORKING WITH TAGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:136
+msgid "get_path()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:137
+msgid ""
+"This function returns the path to the current tag from the document's root, "
+"in the form E<lt>htmlE<gt>E<lt>bodyE<gt>E<lt>pE<gt>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:138
+msgid ""
+"An additional array of tags (without brackets) can be passed as argument.  "
+"These path elements are added to the end of the current path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:139
+msgid "tag_type()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:140
+msgid ""
+"This function returns the index from the tag_types list that fits to the "
+"next tag in the input stream, or -1 if it's at the end of the input file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:141
+msgid ""
+"Here, the tag has structure started by E<lt> and end by E<gt> and it can "
+"contain multiple lines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:142 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:145
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:152 lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:161
+msgid ""
+"This works on the array C<< @{$self->{TT}{doc_in}} >> holding input document "
+"data and reference indirectly via C<< $self->shiftline() >> and C<< $self-"
+">unshiftline($$) >>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:143
+msgid "extract_tag($$)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:144
+msgid ""
+"This function returns the next tag from the input stream without the "
+"beginning and end, in an array form, to maintain the references from the "
+"input file.  It has two parameters: the type of the tag (as returned by "
+"tag_type) and a boolean, that indicates if it should be removed from the "
+"input stream."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:146
+msgid "get_tag_name(@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:147
+msgid ""
+"This function returns the name of the tag passed as an argument, in the "
+"array form returned by extract_tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:148
+msgid "breaking_tag()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:149
+msgid ""
+"This function returns a boolean that says if the next tag in the input "
+"stream is a breaking tag or not (inline tag).  It leaves the input stream "
+"intact."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:150
+msgid "treat_tag()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:151
+msgid ""
+"This function translates the next tag from the input stream.  Using each tag "
+"type's custom translation functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:153
+msgid "tag_in_list($@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:154
+msgid ""
+"This function returns a string value that says if the first argument (a tag "
+"hierarchy) matches any of the tags from the second argument (a list of tags "
+"or tag hierarchies). If it doesn't match, it returns 0. Else, it returns the "
+"matched tag's options (the characters in front of the tag) or 1 (if that tag "
+"doesn't have options)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:155
+msgid "WORKING WITH ATTRIBUTES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:156
+msgid "treat_attributes(@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:157
+msgid ""
+"This function handles the translation of the tags' attributes. It receives "
+"the tag without the beginning / end marks, and then it finds the attributes, "
+"and it translates the translatable ones (specified by the module option "
+"B<attributes>).  This returns a plain string with the translated tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:158
+msgid "WORKING WITH TAGGED CONTENTS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:159
+msgid "treat_content()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:160
+msgid ""
+"This function gets the text until the next breaking tag (not inline) from "
+"the input stream.  Translate it using each tag type's custom translation "
+"functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:162
+msgid "WORKING WITH THE MODULE OPTIONS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:163
+msgid "treat_options()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:164
+msgid ""
+"This function fills the internal structures that contain the tags, "
+"attributes and inline data with the options of the module (specified in the "
+"command-line or in the initialize function)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =head2
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:165
+msgid "GETTING TEXT FROM THE INPUT DOCUMENT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:166
+msgid "get_string_until($%)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:167
+msgid ""
+"This function returns an array with the lines (and references) from the "
+"input document until it finds the first argument.  The second argument is an "
+"options hash. Value 0 means disabled (the default) and 1, enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:168
+msgid "The valid options are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:169
+msgid "B<include>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:170
+msgid "This makes the returned array to contain the searched text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:171
+msgid "B<remove>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:172
+msgid "This removes the returned stream from the input"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:173
+msgid "B<unquoted>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:174
+msgid "This ensures that the searched text is outside any quotes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:175
+msgid "B<regex>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:176
+msgid ""
+"This denotes that the first argument is a regular expression rather than an "
+"plain string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:177
+msgid "skip_spaces(\\@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:178
+msgid ""
+"This function receives as argument the reference to a paragraph (in the "
+"format returned by get_string_until), skips his heading spaces and returns "
+"them as a simple string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:179
+msgid "join_lines(@)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:180
+msgid ""
+"This function returns a simple string with the text from the argument array "
+"(discarding the references)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:182
+msgid "This module can translate tags and attributes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:184
+msgid "DOCTYPE (ENTITIES)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:185
+msgid ""
+"There is a minimal support for the translation of entities. They are "
+"translated as a whole, and tags are not taken into account. Multilines "
+"entities are not supported and entities are always rewrapped during the "
+"translation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:186
+msgid ""
+"MODIFY TAG TYPES FROM INHERITED MODULES (move the tag_types structure inside "
+"the $self hash?)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:188
+msgid ""
+"L<Locale::Po4a::TransTractor(3pm)|Locale::Po4a::TransTractor>, L<po4a(7)|"
+"po4a.7>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:190
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+" Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+" Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Xml.pm:192
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2004 Jordi Vilalta  <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+" Copyright © 2008-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" © 2004 Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+" © 2008-2009 Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:2
+msgid "Locale::Po4a::Yaml - convert YAML files from/to PO files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:4
+msgid ""
+"Locale::Po4a::Yaml is a module to help the translation of Yaml files into "
+"other [human] languages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:5
+msgid ""
+"The module extracts the value of YAML hashes and arrays. Hash keys are not "
+"extracted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:6
+msgid "NOTE: This module parses the YAML file with YAML::Tiny."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:9
+msgid "B<keys>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:10
+msgid ""
+"Space-separated list of hash keys to process for extraction, all other keys "
+"are skipped.  Keys are matched with a case-sensitive match.  If B<paths> and "
+"B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are matched by at "
+"least one of the options.  Arrays values are always returned unless the "
+"B<skip_array> option is provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:11
+msgid "B<paths>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:12
+msgid ""
+"Comma-separated list of hash paths to process for extraction, all other "
+"paths are skipped. Paths are matched with a case-sensitive match.  If "
+"B<paths> and B<keys> are used together, values are included if they are "
+"matched by at least one of the options.  Arrays values are always returned "
+"unless the B<skip_array> option is provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: =item
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:13
+msgid "B<skip_array>"
+msgstr "B<skip_array>"
+
+#. type: textblock
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:14
+msgid "Do not translate array values."
+msgstr "Ikke oversett matriseverdier."
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:18
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Brian Exelbierd <bex@pobox.com>\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" Brian Exelbierd <bex@pobox.com>\n"
+"\n"
+
+#. type: verbatim
+#: lib/Locale/Po4a/Yaml.pm:20
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+" Copyright © 2017 Brian Exelbierd.\n"
+" Copyright © 2022 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+" © 2017 Brian Exelbierd.\n"
+" © 2022 Martin Quinson <mquinson#debian.org>.\n"
+"\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Copyright © 2017 Brian Exelbierd."
+#~ msgstr "© 2017 Brian Exelbierd."
+
+#~ msgid "CONFIGURATION EXAMPLE"
+#~ msgstr "OPPSETTSEKSEMPEL"
+
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+#~| " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+#~| "\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " Nicolas Francois <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " Jordi Vilalta <jvprat@gmail.com>\n"
+#~ " Nicolas François <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#~| msgid ""
+#~| " Copyright © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+#~| "\n"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ " Copyright (c) 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANCOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ " © 2005-2008 Nicolas FRANÇOIS <nicolas.francois@centraliens.net>\n"
+#~ "\n"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<command>po4aman-display-po</command> can be used by a translator who "
+#~ "wants to check how the man page being translated in a PO will be "
+#~ "displayed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<command>po4aman-display-po</command> kan brukes av en oversetter som "
+#~ "ønsker å sjekke hvordan man-siden som blir oversatt til en PO-fil vil "
+#~ "vises."
+
+#~ msgid "Specifying the template languages"
+#~ msgstr "Spesifisering av malspråkene"
+
+#~ msgid "EXAMPLE"
+#~ msgstr "EKSEMPLER"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of content"
+#~ msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse"
+
+#~ msgid "This document is organized as follow:"
+#~ msgstr "Dette dokumentet er organisert som følger:"
+
+#~ msgid "INTRODUCTION"
+#~ msgstr "INTRODUKSJON"
+
+#~ msgid "<productname>po4a-build</productname> <productnumber/>"
+#~ msgstr "<productname>po4a-build</productname> <productnumber/>"
+
+#~ msgid "po4a-build"
+#~ msgstr "po4a-build"
+
+#~ msgid "PO4A"
+#~ msgstr "PO4A"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<command>po4a-build</command> <group> <arg choice='plain'><option>-f</"
+#~ "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><option>--file</option></arg> "
+#~ "<replaceable> FILE</replaceable> </group> <arg><option>--pot-only</"
+#~ "option></arg>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<command>po4a-build</command> <group> <arg choice='plain'><option>-f</"
+#~ "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><option>--file</option></arg> "
+#~ "<replaceable>FIL</replaceable> </group> <arg><option>--pot-only</option></"
+#~ "arg>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<command>po4a-build</command> <group> <arg choice='plain'><option>-?</"
+#~ "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><option>-h</option></arg> <arg "
+#~ "choice='plain'><option>--help</option></arg> <arg "
+#~ "choice='plain'><option>--version</option></arg> </group>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<command>po4a-build</command> <group> <arg choice='plain'><option>-?</"
+#~ "option></arg> <arg choice='plain'><option>-h</option></arg> <arg "
+#~ "choice='plain'><option>--help</option></arg> <arg "
+#~ "choice='plain'><option>--version</option></arg> </group>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "BASEDIR/foo/man/man1/foo.1\n"
+#~ "BASEDIR/foo/man/de/man1/foo.1\n"
+#~ "BASEDIR/foo/man/fr/man1/foo.1\n"
+#~ "    "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "BASEDIR/foo/man/man1/foo.1\n"
+#~ "BASEDIR/foo/man/de/man1/foo.1\n"
+#~ "BASEDIR/foo/man/fr/man1/foo.1\n"
+#~ "    "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This makes it easy to include all the generated content into the binary "
+#~ "package with a single install location:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Dette gjør det enklere å ta med alt det genererte innholdet i binærpakken "
+#~ "med en enkelt installasjonsplassering:"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "doc/foo/man/* ./usr/share/man/\n"
+#~ "doc/foo/html/* ./usr/share/doc/foo/\n"
+#~ "    "
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "doc/foo/man/* ./usr/share/man/\n"
+#~ "doc/foo/html/* ./usr/share/doc/foo/\n"
+#~ "    "
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Currently, <command>po4a-build</command> supports the following "
+#~ "combinations:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Akkurat nå støtter <command>po4a-build</command> følgende kombinasjoner:"
+
+#~ msgid "DocBook XML for section 1."
+#~ msgstr "DocBook-XML for avsnitt 1."
+
+#~ msgid "DocBook XML for section 3."
+#~ msgstr "DocBook-XML for avsnitt 3."
+
+#~ msgid "DocBook XML for HTML."
+#~ msgstr "DocBook-XML for HTML."
+
+#~ msgid "POD for section 1."
+#~ msgstr "POD for del 1."